PACIFIC TELESIS GROUP
DEF 14A, 1995-03-13
TELEPHONE COMMUNICATIONS (NO RADIOTELEPHONE)
Previous: BELLSOUTH CORP, DEF 14A, 1995-03-13
Next: GILBERT ASSOCIATES INC/NEW, 8-K/A, 1995-03-13



















































                                    <PAGE>

                                                                         PROXY
                                                                     STATEMENT

                                                                          1994
                                                                  CONSOLIDATED
                                                                     FINANCIAL
                                                                    STATEMENTS




NOTICE OF ANNUAL MEETING



To The Shareowners Of Pacific Telesis Group:

The 1995 Annual  Meeting of Shareowners of Pacific Telesis  Group will be held
at the Masonic Auditorium, 1111 California Street,  San Francisco, California,
on Wednesday, May 3, 1995 at 10:00 a.m., for the following purposes:

1.  To elect the  four directors  constituting Class II  of the  Corporation's
    Board of Directors to serve a three-year term.

2.  To ratify the appointment of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P. as the Corporation's
    independent auditors for the year 1995.

3.  To approve  the  amendment and  restatement  of the  Corporation's  Senior
    Management Long Term Incentive Plan and Short Term Incentive Plan, and the
    amendment of the Corporation's 1994 Stock Incentive Plan.

4.  To act upon  other matters that  properly come before  the meeting or  any
    adjournment  thereof, such  as  voting on  the shareowner  proposals which
    begin on  page 36 of  the proxy  statement.  (The  directors oppose  these
    proposals.)

Shareowners  of record  at  the close  of business  on March  4, 1995  will be
entitled to vote at the meeting or any adjournment of the meeting.


March 14, 1995                                               Richard W. Odgers
                                                             Secretary        






                                       PACIFIC*TELESIS                        
                                       Group                                  
















                                    <PAGE>

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                          Page
                                                                          ----
Proxy Statement

    Voting of Shares...................................................      1

    Board of Directors.................................................      2

    Election of Directors
         (Item A on Proxy Card)........................................      3

    Director Compensation and Related Transactions.....................      7

    Stock Ownership....................................................      9

    Report of the Compensation and Personnel Committee.................     10

    Compensation and Personnel Committee Interlocks
         and Insider Participation.....................................     13

    Executive Compensation.............................................     13

    Ratification of Appointment of Auditors
         (Item B on Proxy Card)........................................     23

    Directors' Proposals to: 

         Amend and Restate the Corporation's Senior Management 
         Long Term Incentive Plan (Item C on Proxy Card)...............     24

         Amend and Restate the Corporation's Short Term Incentive 
         Plan (Item D on Proxy Card)...................................     27

         Amend the Corporation's 1994 Stock Incentive Plan
         (Item E on Proxy Card)........................................     30

    Shareowners' Proposals to:

         Eliminate Pensions for New Nonemployee
         Directors (Item F on Proxy Card)..............................     36

         Compensate Directors Solely in Stock
         (Item G on Proxy Card)........................................     36

    Other Matters to Come Before the Meeting...........................     38

    Solicitation of Proxies............................................     38

    Proposals for the 1996 Annual Meeting..............................     38

    Multiple Copies of Summary Annual Report to Shareowners............     39













                                    <PAGE>

                           TABLE OF CONTENTS Cont'd

                                                                          Page
                                                                          ----
Annual Financial Review

    Management's Discussion and Analysis........................          F-1 

    Selected Financial and Operating Data.......................          F-30

    Report of Management........................................          F-32

    Report of Independent Accountants...........................          F-34

    Consolidated Financial Statements...........................          F-35

    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements..................          F-42

    Stock Trading Activity and Dividends Paid...................          F-71















































                                    <PAGE>

Pacific Telesis Group
130 Kearny Street
San Francisco, California 94l08

                                PROXY STATEMENT

This  proxy statement  and  the  accompanying  proxy  card  are  being  mailed
beginning  March 14,  1995  to  shareowners  of  Pacific  Telesis  Group  (the
"Corporation") in connection  with the solicitation of proxies by the Board of
Directors  (the  "Board")  for  the  Annual  Meeting of  Shareowners  ("Annual
Meeting") to be held on May 3, 1995.

Proxies are solicited  to give all shareowners  of record on March  4, 1995 an
opportunity to vote on matters scheduled for the meeting and  described in the
proxy materials.   Shares can only  be voted if  the shareowner is  present in
person or is represented by proxy.  Any person giving a proxy may revoke it at
any  time before the  meeting by  sending in a  written revocation  or a proxy
bearing a later date.  Shareowners  may also revoke their proxies by attending
the meeting in  person and casting  a ballot.  If  proxy cards are  signed and
returned  without specifying choices, the shares represented by the proxy card
will be voted as recommended by the Board.

The Corporation has adopted a policy that provides all  shareowners (with some
modifications  in  policy  for  shareowners  who  are  employee  benefit  plan
participants)  the  option  to  request  that  any  proxy,  ballot  or  voting
instruction be kept confidential, except as required by law or in the event of
a  contested proxy solicitation, or to the extent confidentiality is expressly
waived in  writing  by the  shareowner.   The  policy  also provides  for  the
tabulation of the vote by employees of the Corporation's transfer  agent or by
some other independent third party and for the certification of the vote by an
independent  inspector of election.  The Corporation may, however, be informed
if a particular  shareowner has voted and may receive  periodic status reports
on the aggregate vote.  If  you desire to keep your vote confidential,  please
mark the designated box on your proxy card.   Your written comments on proxies
or ballots may also  be made available to the  Corporation, but your name  and
address will not be disclosed if you request confidentiality.
 
VOTING OF SHARES

Your vote  is  important.   We  urge you  to  return your  marked  proxy  card
promptly.   The holders of a majority of the shares of common stock issued and
outstanding and entitled  to vote, whether present in person or represented by
proxy,  constitutes a  quorum.    Abstentions  will  be  counted  towards  the
tabulation of votes cast on matters presented to the shareowners and will have
the  same effect  as  negative votes.    Broker  nonvotes occur  when  nominee
recordholders do  not vote  on specific issues  because they  did not  receive
specific  instructions  on such  matters from  the  beneficial owners  of such
shares.  Broker nonvotes are counted towards a quorum, but are not counted for
any purpose in determining whether a matter has been approved.

An  affirmative vote of the  holders of a  plurality of the votes  cast at the
meeting is required for the election of directors.  An affirmative vote of the
holders of  a majority of the shares present or  represented at the meeting is
required  for the  approval of  each of  the other  matters to be  voted upon.
Highlights  of the meeting  will be included  in the Second  Quarter Report to
Shareowners which will be mailed in July.

                                       1








                                    <PAGE>

If  a shareowner  is  a participant  in the  Pacific Telesis  Group Shareowner
Dividend Reinvestment and Stock  Purchase Plan, the proxy card  represents the
number of full shares in the  dividend reinvestment plan account on the record
date  as well as shares registered in the participant's name.  If a shareowner
is  a participant  in the  Pacific Telesis  Group Supplemental  Retirement and
Savings Plan  for Salaried Employees,  the Pacific Telesis  Group Supplemental
Retirement  and  Savings Plan  for  Nonsalaried  Employees (collectively,  the
"Savings Plans"), the Pacific Telesis Group Leveraged Employee Stock Ownership
Plan (the  "LESOP"),   or the Pacific  Telesis Group Employee  Stock Ownership
Plan (the "ESOP"), the proxy  card will also serve as a voting instruction for
the  trustees of  those plans where  all accounts  are registered  in the same
name.   Shares  in the  ESOP cannot  be voted  unless the  card is  signed and
returned.   If cards representing shares  held in the Savings  Plans and LESOP
are not  returned, those  shares will be  voted by  the trustees  in the  same
proportion as  the  shares  for  which  signed cards  are  returned  by  other
participants.

Shareowners  of record  at the  close of  business on  March 4,  1995 will  be
entitled to  vote at  the  meeting or  any adjournment  of  the meeting.    On
March 4,  1995, there were 424,065,165 shares of common stock ("Common Stock")
outstanding, each share being entitled to one vote.

The Corporation  does not know  of any shareowner  who beneficially  owns more
than five percent of the outstanding Common Stock.


BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Regular  meetings of the  Board of  Directors are  held ten  times a  year and
special meetings are  scheduled when required.  The Board  held 12 meetings in
1994.   No  director attended  fewer than  75 percent  of the  total aggregate
number  of board and committee meetings on which  he or she served, except for
Mr. Platt who, as  a first-term director, had certain  conflicting commitments
previously known to the Board.  Directors meet their responsibilities not only
by attending board and committee meetings, but also through communication with
the Chairman of the Board and other members of management on matters affecting
the Corporation. 

The  Board has  established a  number of  standing committees.  Standing Board
Committees include the Audit,  Compensation and Personnel ("C&P"), Nominating,
Corporate Public Policy,  Executive, Finance,  and Pension  and Savings  Plans
Committees.  All committees, except the Executive Committee,  have nonemployee
directors as chairpersons.

The  Audit Committee, which consisted  of five nonemployee  directors in 1994,
meets with management to consider the adequacy of the internal controls of the
Corporation  and the objectivity of  its financial reporting.   This Committee
also  meets about these issues  with the independent  auditors, with financial
personnel of the Corporation and with  internal auditors.  The Audit Committee
recommends to the  Board the  appointment of the  independent auditors,  which
appointment may  be ratified by the  shareowners at the Annual  Meeting.  Both
the internal  auditors and  the independent auditors  periodically meet  alone
with the Audit Committee and always have unrestricted access to the Committee.
The Audit Committee met five times in 1994.



                                       2








                                    <PAGE>

The C&P Committee had four  members during 1994, all of whom  were nonemployee
directors.   Other  than the  Chairman  of the  Board,  whose compensation  is
approved  by the  full Board, the  C&P Committee approves  the compensation of
officers  within  the  authority  delegated  by  the  Board,  administers  all
executive  benefit  plans  and provides  oversight  with  respect to  employee
benefit plans.  The C&P Committee met eight times in 1994.

The Nominating Committee  advises and  makes recommendations to  the Board  on
matters concerning the  selection of  candidates as nominees  for election  as
directors.  In recommending Board candidates, this Committee seeks individuals
of proven judgment and competence who are  outstanding in their chosen fields.
It also  considers factors such as education, geographic location, anticipated
participation in Board activities and  special talents or personal attributes.
In  1994, five nonemployee directors were members of the Nominating Committee.
Shareowners  who  wish  to  suggest  qualified  candidates  to the  Nominating
Committee should write to Richard W.  Odgers, Secretary of the Corporation, at
130  Kearny Street, Suite  3713, San Francisco, California   94108, stating in
detail the candidate's qualifications for consideration by the Committee.  The
Nominating Committee met three times in 1994.

If a shareowner wishes to nominate  a director other than a director nominated
by the Nominating Committee for that year, he or she must comply with  certain
procedures set out in the Corporation's By-Laws.  (See page 38, "Other Matters
to Come Before the Meeting.")

Directors will  hold office  until  the end  of their  terms  and until  their
successors  have been  elected  and qualified  or  until the  retirement  date
specified by the Board, whichever  date shall first occur.  Directors  who are
also  employees (other than retired Chief Executive Officers) will retire from
the Board  when they  retire from  the Corporation.   It is  the Corporation's
policy that directors will retire not later  than the end of the calendar year
in which they reach 70 years of age.


ELECTION OF DIRECTORS (ITEM  A ON PROXY  CARD  -   DIRECTORS RECOMMEND A  VOTE
"FOR")

The  Corporation's Articles  of  Incorporation  divide  the Board  into  three
approximately equal  classes of directors serving  staggered three-year terms,
with one  class of directors to be  elected at each Annual  Meeting.  The four
nominees  in Class II, as described below,  are nominated for election at this
year's Annual Meeting.

The proxy holders  named on  the proxy  card, unless  otherwise instructed  on
proxy cards that have been signed and returned, will vote for  the election of
the four  nominees listed below.   These  nominees have been  selected by  the
Board on the recommendation of  the Nominating Committee.  If you  do not wish
your  shares  to  be  voted  for  particular  nominees,  please  identify  the
exceptions on the proxy card.

If one or more of the nominees should become unavailable to serve at  the time
of  the  meeting, the  shares  represented  by proxy  will  be  voted for  the
remaining  nominees  and   for  any  substitute  nominees  designated  by  the
Nominating Committee.   If there are  no substitute nominees, the  size of the
Board will  be reduced.  Except as noted below, the Nominating Committee knows
of no reason why any of the nominees will be unavailable or unable to serve.

                                       3








                                    <PAGE>

The following  is a brief description of the principal occupation for at least
the past five years, other major affiliations and the age of each director. 

CLASS II - NOMINEES FOR ELECTION TO TERMS EXPIRING IN 1998:

WILLIAM  P. CLARK,  63,  Interim  Chairman  of  the  Board,  Morrison  Knudsen
(construction)  since February  1995.   Chief Executive  Officer of  the Clark
Companies (family-held corporations) since 1958.

Mr. Clark is  a lawyer, rancher, retired California Supreme  Court Justice and
former  Secretary  of the  United  States Department  of  Interior.   He  is a
director  of Dulles  Access  Rapid  Transit,  Lawter  International  Inc.  and
Morrison Knudsen.  Mr. Clark has been a director of the Corporation since 1985
and  is Chairman  of the Pension  and Savings  Plans Committee;  member of the
Corporate Public Policy and Nominating Committees.


IVAN J. HOUSTON, 69, Chairman of the Board, Golden State Mutual Life Insurance
Company since 1980.

Mr. Houston was Chief Executive Officer  of Golden State Mutual Life Insurance
Company from 1970 through 1990.  He is President  and a director of the Golden
State Minority Foundation.  Mr. Houston is a director of First Interstate Bank
of  California, David  Freeman Hospitals,  Inc. and  Golden State  Mutual Life
Insurance Company.  He has  been a director of the Corporation since  1983 and
is Chairman of the Audit Committee; member of the Corporate  Public Policy and
Nominating Committees.   Mr. Houston  will retire  from the Board  in December
1995.


MARY S. METZ,  57, Dean of University  Extension, University of  California at
Berkeley since 1991.

Dr. Metz is  President Emerita  of Mills  College.  She  is a  trustee of  the
American   Conservatory   Theater.     Dr. Metz   is   a   director   of   the
Cowell Foundation,  Longs   Drugs   Stores  Corporation,   Pacific   Gas   and
Electric Company and Union Bank.   She has been a director of  the Corporation
since  1986; member  of  the Audit,  Finance, and  Pension  and Savings  Plans
Committees.


RICHARD M. ROSENBERG, 64, Chairman of  the Board, Chief Executive Officer  and
President of the BankAmerica Corporation (banking) since 1990.

Mr. Rosenberg  is a trustee of  the University of Southern  California and the
California Institute  of Technology.   He is  a director  of Airborne  Express
Corporation,  BankAmerica  Corporation,   Northrop Corporation  and   Potlatch
Corporation.  Mr. Rosenberg has been a director of the Corporation since 1994;
member of the Executive, Finance and Pension and Savings Plans Committees.

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS A VOTE "FOR" EACH NOMINEE IN CLASS II ABOVE.






                                       4








                                    <PAGE>

CLASS III - TERM EXPIRES AT 1996 ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREOWNERS:


DONALD E. GUINN, 62, Chairman Emeritus, Pacific Telesis Group since 1988.

Mr.  Guinn served as Chairman of the Board  and Chief Executive Officer of the
Corporation  from  1987 through  1988; Chairman  of  the Board,  President and
Chief Executive  Officer from 1985 through 1987 and Chairman of the Board from
1984 through 1988.   He  is Chairman Emeritus  of Pacific  Bell and served  as
Chairman  of the  Board from 1984  through 1988.   Mr. Guinn is  a director of
BankAmerica  Corporation, Brunswick  Corporation,  The Dial  Corp and  Pacific
Mutual  Life  Insurance  Company.   Mr.  Guinn  has  been  a director  of  the
Corporation since 1983; member  of the C&P, Executive, Finance  and Nominating
Committees.


FRANK C. HERRINGER,  52, President and  Chief Executive Officer,  Transamerica
Corporation ("Transamerica") (insurance and  financial services company) since
1991, President since 1986.

Mr. Herringer  is a director of  Transamerica and Unocal Corporation.   He has
been a director  of the Corporation since 1994 and is  Chairman of the Finance
Committee; member of the C&P and Executive Committees.


LEWIS  E. PLATT,  53, Chairman  of the  Board, President  and  Chief Executive
Officer,   Hewlett-Packard  Company   ("H-P")   (manufacturer  of   electronic
equipment) since 1993, President and Chief Executive Officer since 1992.

Mr. Platt was  an Executive Vice President of H-P from  1987 through 1992.  He
is a director of H-P and Molex Inc.  He has been a director of the Corporation
since 1994; member of the C&P and Nominating Committees.

























                                       5








                                    <PAGE>

CLASS I -  TERM EXPIRES AT 1997 ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREOWNERS:

HERMAN E.  GALLEGOS, 64,  U.S.  Public Delegate  to  the 49th  United  Nations
General Assembly since 1994.

Mr. Gallegos  was a director  of Gallegos Institutional  Investors Corporation
(investment  brokerage firm)  from 1990  through 1994.   He  is a  director of
Transmetrics, Inc. and Union  Bank.  Mr. Gallegos  has been a director  of the
Corporation  since 1983  and  is  Chairman  of  the  Corporate  Public  Policy
Committee; member of the Audit and Pension and Savings Plans Committees.


PHILIP J. QUIGLEY, 52, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, 
Pacific Telesis Group since April 1994.

Mr. Quigley  served as Group  President of  the Corporation from  1988 through
March 1994 and President and Chief Executive Officer of Pacific Bell from 1987
through March 1994.  He is a  director of Varian Associates, Wells Fargo & Co.
and Wells  Fargo Bank, N.A.  He  has been a director  of the Corporation since
1988  and  is Chairman  of  the  Executive Committee;  member  of the  Finance
Committee.


TONI REMBE, 58, Partner, Pillsbury Madison & Sutro (law firm) since 1971.

Ms. Rembe is a trustee of the American Conservatory Theater,  President of the
Van  Loben Sels  Foundation and  a  member of  the Board  of Governors  of the
Commonwealth  Club of California.   She  is a  director of  American President
Companies,  Ltd., Potlatch Corporation and Transamerica.  Ms. Rembe has been a
director of  the Corporation since  1991 and is  Chairwoman of the  Nominating
Committee; member of the Audit and Corporate Public Policy Committees.


S.  DONLEY RITCHEY, 61,  Managing Partner, Alpine  Partners (family investment
partnership).   Retired  Chairman of  the Board  and Chief  Executive Officer,
Lucky Stores, Inc.

Mr. Ritchey  is a trustee  of the Rosenberg Foundation.   He is  a director of
De La Salle  Institute, Hughes Markets,  Inc., McClatchy Newspapers,  Inc. and
Spreckels Industries, Inc.  Mr. Ritchey has been a director of the Corporation
since  1984  and is  Chairman  of  the C&P  Committee;  member  of the  Audit,
Executive and Finance Committees.















                                       6








                                    <PAGE>

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

For  service on  the Board  of Directors  during 1994,  directors who  are not
employees  received an annual  retainer of $25,000,  a fee of  $1,200 for each
board  meeting attended and $600 for participating in board teleconferences, a
fee of $1,000 for each  committee meeting attended and $500 for  participation
in  committee teleconferences.    Chairmen  of  the  Audit,  C&P  and  Finance
Committees  each received an additional retainer of $5,000.  Other nonemployee
directors who chair committees received additional annual retainers of $4,000.
Nonemployee directors may elect to defer the receipt of all or a part of their
fees  and  retainers.    These  deferred  amounts  earn  interest,  compounded
annually, at a  rate determined by the Board.  The  rate for 1994 was equal to
10 percent.  A trust has been  established and assets have been contributed by
the Corporation, consisting primarily of cash and other investments from which
benefits  consisting of the deferrals and earnings on such deferrals described
above  may  be paid.   Directors  who are  also  employees of  the Corporation
receive no additional remuneration for  serving as directors or as members  of
committees  of the  Board.    Directors  are  entitled  to  reimbursement  for
out-of-pocket  expenses in connection  with attendance at  board and committee
meetings.

Nonemployee  directors are reimbursed  for certain telecommunications services
and   equipment.      The   average   cost  per   nonemployee   director   for
telecommunications  services and  equipment provided  during 1994  was $3,849.
Employee directors receive  similar services  and equipment as  part of  their
compensation as officers.
     
The  Corporation  also  provided   nonemployee  directors  a  travel  accident
insurance policy while on Corporation business at an aggregate cost of $270 in
1994 and a personal  umbrella liability insurance policy at  an aggregate cost
of $663 in 1994.

Under the Nonemployee  Director Stock Option Plan,  on January 26, 1990,  each
incumbent nonemployee director  received non-statutory stock options  ("NSOs")
to purchase 2,000  shares of Common Stock, which vested 50  percent in each of
1991  and 1992.    Each  incumbent  nonemployee  director  was  granted  2,000
additional  NSOs on  the  date  of  the  Corporation's  1992  Annual  Meeting,
50 percent of which  vested in each of 1993  and 1994.  The exercise  price of
all options granted under the plan originally was the fair market value of the
Common  Stock on  the date  of  grant.   To reflect  the spin-off  of AirTouch
Communications, Inc. ("AirTouch") on April 1, 1994, the  exercise price of all
outstanding options was adjusted  and each outstanding option to  purchase one
share of  the Corporation's Common  Stock was  supplemented with an  option to
purchase one share of AirTouch common stock.  The spread  between the exercise
price  of the option and the market value  of Common Stock that existed before
the spin-off was allocated between the Corporation option and the new AirTouch
option  in  the same  ratio  as the  ratio  between  the market  value  of the
Corporation's Common Stock and the market value of AirTouch common stock prior
to the spin-off.  Therefore,  the intrinsic value of the sum of both resulting
options (the Corporation and AirTouch)  remained the same.  Options expire  if
not exercised  within ten years and earlier  under certain circumstances.  The
Nonemployee Director Stock Option  Plan was terminated by the  Board effective
December  31, 1993.   Outstanding  options will  continue in effect  under the
terms of the grant, except for the exercise price adjustment described above. 



                                       7








                                    <PAGE>

Under the  1994 Stock Incentive Plan (the "Stock Plan"), which was approved by
the  shareowners  of the  Corporation at  the  1994 Annual  Meeting, incumbent
nonemployee directors  received a grant of  2,000 NSOs on April  29, 1994, and
will  continue to  receive an  annual grant  of 2,000  NSOs, subject  to anti-
dilution  adjustments,  at the  conclusion of  each subsequent  regular Annual
Meeting  so long as they continue  to serve on the Board.   The exercise price
for this annual stock option grant is equal to the fair market value of Common
Stock on the date of  grant.  The NSOs  become exercisable one year after  the
grant, or earlier, in the event of the director's death or total and permanent
disability or  in the event  of a change in  control of the  Corporation.  The
NSOs  expire  the  earlier  of  (1)  ten  years  after  the   date  of  grant,
(2) 36 months  after   the  termination  of  the  director's  service  due  to
disability   or  due  to  retirement  after  serving  at  least  three  years,
(3) 12 months  after  the director's  death, and  (4)  three months  after the
termination of  the director's service  for any other  reason.  The  Board has
approved an amendment to the  Stock Plan that would change the  above 36-month
period  for termination due  to retirement  to a  60-month period,  subject to
shareowner approval, for options granted in 1994 and for future  option grants
to nonemployee directors under the Stock Plan.  (See Item E on page 30.)

The Stock Plan also provides  for three annual grants of 400  shares of Common
Stock,   subject  to  anti-dilution   adjustments,  to  nonemployee  directors
appointed on or  after January 1, 1994.  The first  such grant occurred on the
conclusion  of the 1994 Annual  Meeting.  For  nonemployee directors appointed
after  the 1994 Annual  Meeting, the first  grant occurred or  will occur upon
such director's  first appointment or election  to the Board.   The second and
third such grants  will occur at the conclusion  of the Annual Meeting  of the
shareowners  of  the  Corporation  in each  of  the  two  calendar  years next
following the calendar  year of the  first such grant.   Incumbent nonemployee
directors appointed on or after February  1, 1991, but before January 1, 1994,
received one grant of 400 shares of Common Stock on the conclusion of the 1994
Annual Meeting.   All shares granted to nonemployee directors  under the Stock
Plan are 100 percent vested on the date of grant.

Finally,  the Corporation's Board may  implement provisions of  the Stock Plan
that permit a nonemployee director to elect to receive all or a portion of his
or her annual retainer  and meeting fees in the form of NSOs or stock units to
be issued under the  Stock Plan, provided  the election is  made at least  six
months before such fees are payable.

Nonemployee  directors  serving  as of  the  date  of  the 1990  reduction  in
directors' mandatory  retirement age will  receive at  retirement, a  one-time
payment equal to $20,000 (which was the amount of the 1990 annual retainer).

Upon  the  latest  to  occur  of  (1) retirement,  (2)  attaining  age  65  or
(3) disability, nonemployee directors who have served for at least three years
receive  pensions for  life equal to  a percentage  of the  annual retainer in
effect at  the time  of retirement.   This percentage  is equal  to 15 percent
multiplied by the director's years of service (not to exceed 100 percent).

In 1994, the Corporation and its subsidiaries obtained legal services from the
law  firm of  Pillsbury Madison &  Sutro, of which  Ms. Rembe is  a member, on
terms  which the  Corporation believes  were as  favorable as would  have been
obtained from unaffiliated parties.



                                       8








                                    <PAGE>

Members of Messrs. Gallegos' and Quigley's immediate families were employed by
Pacific Bell,  a subsidiary  of  the Corporation,  and were  paid  a total  of
$158,849  in 1994.    Amounts  paid  to  these  employees  are  comparable  to
compensation paid to other employees performing similar job functions.

STOCK OWNERSHIP

The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of Common  Stock as of
February 28, 1995 by the directors,  the Corporation's Chairman of the  Board,
President and Chief Executive Officer, former  Chairman of the Board and Chief
Executive  Officer and  four other  most highly  paid executive  officers (the
"Named  Executive Officers")  and all  directors and  executive officers  as a
group (including shares acquired under  the Pacific Telesis Group Supplemental
Retirement and Savings Plan for  Salaried Employees as of November  30, 1994),
and their  exercisable options.   The total number  of shares of  Common Stock
beneficially  owned  by the  group  is  less than  one  percent  of the  class
outstanding.                                                              
                                  Amount and Nature of       Exercisable
Name of Beneficial Owner          Beneficial Ownership         Options*
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
W. P. Clark                                2,883 (1)              6,000
D. W. Dorman                                   0                 50,000
M. J. Fitzpatrick                             75                 50,000
H. E. Gallegos                             2,406                  6,000
S. Ginn                                   23,760 (1)                  0
D. E. Guinn                               40,820 (1)              6,000
F. C. Herringer                            2,404 (2)              2,000
I. J. Houston                              2,553 (1)              6,000
M. S. Metz                                 2,269 (1)              6,000
J. R. Moberg                                 684                 35,000
R. W. Odgers                               1,885                 35,000
L. E. Platt                                  400                  2,000
P. J. Quigley                              7,042 (1)            162,000
T. Rembe                                   2,106                  5,000
S. D. Ritchey                              3,336 (1)              6,000
R. M. Rosenberg                            1,400                      0
All directors and executive officers
as a group (17 persons)                   95,723 (3)            432,000
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1)  Includes  the following shares of the Corporation's Common Stock in which
     the  named  persons share  voting and  investment  power: Mr.  Clark, 600
     shares; Mr.  Ginn, 2,580 shares;  Mr. Guinn, 40,320  shares; Mr. Houston,
     1,575  shares;  Dr. Metz,  348  shares;  Mr.  Quigley,  3,520 shares  and
     Mr. Ritchey, 3,336 shares.

(2)  Includes four shares beneficially owned  by spouse, for which  beneficial
     ownership is disclaimed.

(3)  Includes 560 shares beneficially owned by a spouse and acquired under the
     Pacific  Telesis  Group  Supplemental  Retirement and  Savings  Plan  for
     Salaried Employees and the Pacific Telesis Group Employee Stock Ownership
     Plan for which beneficial ownership is disclaimed.  See Notes (1) and (2)
     above.

*    Includes  options which are exercisable within 60 days after February 28,
     1995.

                                       9








                                    <PAGE>

REPORT OF THE COMPENSATION AND PERSONNEL COMMITTEE

The  Board of Directors has  established the following  ongoing principles and
objectives for the Corporation's executive compensation program.

     o  Provide compensation opportunities  that will  help attract,  motivate
        and retain highly qualified managers and executives.

     o  Link  executives'  total  compensation   to  company  performance  and
        individual job performance.

     o  Provide   an  appropriate   balance  between  incentives   focused  on
        achievement of annual business plans and longer term incentives linked
        to increases in shareowner value.

The   Corporation's  executive   compensation   programs   are  approved   and
administered by  the  C&P Committee.   The  programs are  designed to  provide
competitive  compensation   opportunities  for  all  corporate   officers  and
managers.

The Corporation  retains the  services of  an  outside executive  compensation
consulting firm to advise the C&P Committee on executive compensation matters.
The  consultant reviews the appropriateness of the design of the Corporation's
various plans in meeting the objectives set forth above.

In addition, the consultant  provides the C&P Committee with aggregate data on
compensation paid  to executives  in comparable  positions in  other companies
that are representative of the labor markets in which the Corporation competes
for executive  talent.  These are companies  that are comparable in complexity
to the Corporation  and are of similar size which,  in 1994, was approximately
$10 billion in  revenues.  The Corporation sets total compensation targets for
good performance, including salary, Short Term Incentive Plan ("STIP"), Senior
Management Long Term Incentive Plan ("LTIP") and  stock options, in the middle
of the range of rates paid by these companies.

Competitive  data  is derived  from survey  data  bases maintained  by various
consulting firms.   These data bases may, but do not necessarily, include data
from the  firms used in the peer group performance comparison shown at the end
of this section.  The C&P Committee periodically reviews this competitive data
to  ensure  the Corporation's  pay  levels are  in  line with  its competitive
targets.

Cash compensation of the Corporation's executive officers is highly related to
company performance.   In 1994,  the Corporation's STIP  provided annual  cash
awards contingent upon the degree to  which the Corporation met or exceeded an
annual net income goal determined during the annual financial planning process
and approved  by the C&P Committee.   These criteria were  used in determining
awards  for substantially  all  other  employees  as  well.    Depending  upon
performance, actual awards ranged from  0 to 150 percent of the  annual target
award amount  approved by the C&P  Committee.  In addition,  the C&P Committee
could have  granted from time to time  special awards to recognize outstanding
contributions.    The Corporation  has adopted  an  amended and  restated STIP
effective January 1, 1995, which includes provisions that permit the C&P




                                      10








                                    <PAGE>

Committee to adjust awards based on additional performance criteria, including
individual merit, and  which are designed to ensure  that compensation paid to
the Named Executive Officers under the STIP will be  exempt from the limits on
deductible compensation imposed  under Section 162(m) of  the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").  (See Item D on page 27.)

The  Corporation's LTIP  provides awards  contingent  upon the  achievement of
performance objectives  over a  three-year period  that correlate strongly  to
shareowner  returns.   Awards are  denominated in  shares of Common  Stock and
dividend equivalents  are paid during the  performance period.  At  the end of
the period, awards are paid either in shares of Common Stock or in cash valued
at the average price of the Common Stock for a ten-day period in January. 

The  measures of  performance  under the  LTIP  for performance  periods  that
commenced before 1995 are:  

     o  Cash  Flow Return on  Investment in the third  year of the performance
        period. 

     o  Cumulative Net Cash Flow over the three-year period.

     o  Total  Investor Return relative to  the Total Investor  Return of four
        comparator groups.  These  comparator groups are the  Regional Holding
        Companies   ("RHCs"),    Independent   Telecommunications   Companies,
        California Utilities and  the Standard  & Poor's 500  Index ("S&P  500
        Index").

The performance targets have been set by the C&P Committee in consideration of
the  performance levels projected in  the Corporation's business  plan and the
levels  of return  required to  meet investor  return expectations.   Investor
return  expectations  are based  on an  analysis of  stock  market data  by an
independent third party.  The Corporation  has adopted an amended and restated
LTIP effective January 1, 1995, which includes  provisions that permit the C&P
Committee to adjust awards based on additional performance criteria, including
individual merit, and  which are designed to ensure  that compensation paid to
the Named Executive Officers under  the LTIP will be exempt from the limits on
deductible compensation imposed  under Code  Section 162(m).   (See Item C  on
page 24.)

Compensation  of  the Chairman  of the  Board,  President and  Chief Executive
Officer ("CEO") is administered  by the C&P Committee with  concurrence of the
Board of Directors.  The Corporation has adopted a philosophy of tying a large
fraction of  the CEO's total compensation  to performance.  On  April 1, 1994,
Mr. Ginn, then Chairman of the Board  and CEO, left the Corporation and joined
AirTouch.   On  April 1, 1994,  Mr. Quigley  was named Chairman  of the Board,
President  and  CEO   of  the  Corporation  and  Chairman   of  the  Board  of
Pacific Bell.   Mr.  Quigley's compensation  package (including  salary, STIP,
LTIP and stock  options) was established by the Board of  Directors at a level
commensurate with the range  of competitive rates for companies  comparable in
size to the Corporation,  without its former wireless operations.   Consistent
with  the  Corporation's  practice  for  other  newly  promoted executive  and
management  employees, Mr. Quigley's total compensation was set at the low end
of the competitive ranges.  As warranted by future performance, it is expected




                                      11








                                    <PAGE>

that Mr. Quigley's  compensation will  increase at rates  faster than  general
movement in the labor market until his target total compensation package is in
the middle of  the range of rates paid  for comparable positions.  As  part of
Mr. Quigley's compensation package,  on April 1, 1994, he was  granted 210,000
NSOs at an exercise price of $32.00, which vest 50 percent in each of 1995 and
1996.

Mr. Quigley's actual  total compensation  increased in 1994  as compared  with
1993 primarily as a result of the increases granted to him in base  salary and
target incentive  awards to reflect  his new role  as President  and CEO.   In
addition,  actual   variable  compensation  increased  as  a   result  of  the
Corporation's strong performance in  meeting financial targets for 1994  under
the  STIP, its  strong  performance  in  meeting  financial  targets  for  the
1992-1994 performance period under the  LTIP and high level of  Total Investor
Return  over the  1992-1994 performance  period compared  with its  peer group
companies. 

The Stock Plan contains provisions intended to permit option grants under such
plan  to  meet  the  performance-based   exception  from  the  provisions   of
Code Section 162(m)  that would  otherwise apply to  limit tax  deductions for
certain  compensation paid to executive officers.  Based on currently proposed
regulations implementing  Code Section  162(m), the Corporation  believes that
grants currently outstanding  under the Corporation's  Stock Plan, 1984  Stock
Option and  Stock Appreciation  Rights Plan, and  LTIP for  the 1992-1994  and
1993-1995 performance periods are  exempt from these limits.   The Corporation
has  amended its  STIP and  LTIP in  consideration of  Code Section  162(m) as
described below in the directors' proposals  to approve amendments to the STIP
and LTIP (see Items C and D on pages 24 and 27).  Payments of base salary  and
awards under the STIP do not exceed $1 million for any Named Executive Officer
for 1994.  The final regulations implementing Code Section 162(m) are expected
later this  year and the Committee will review the Corporation's STIP and LTIP
and take further appropriate action at that time.



THE COMPENSATION AND PERSONNEL COMMITTEE


S. Donley Ritchey, Chairman                 Frank C. Herringer
Donald E. Guinn                             Lewis E. Platt

















                                      12








                                    <PAGE>

COMPENSATION AND PERSONNEL COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

The  members  of  the C&P  Committee  during  1994  were:   Donald  E.  Guinn,
Frank C. Herringer, Lewis E. Platt  and S. Donley Ritchey.  No current officer
of the Corporation serves on the C&P Committee and there  were no "interlocks"
as  defined by the  Securities and  Exchange Commission  (the "SEC")  in 1994.
Mr. Guinn is  the former Chairman  of the  Board and CEO  of the  Corporation.
Mr. Herringer is President and CEO of Transamerica.  Mr. Platt  is Chairman of
the Board, President and CEO of H-P.

The  Corporation is  a  party  to  certain  agreements  with  subsidiaries  of
Transamerica  whereby the Corporation or  its subsidiaries have  the option or
the obligation  to purchase  under specified  conditions the  equity interests
that  the  Transamerica subsidiaries  have acquired  in certain  Chicago cable
television properties, at a  price sufficient to cover the  costs Transamerica
has  incurred in  connection  with  the  acquisition.    Two  subsidiaries  of
Transamerica borrowed $60 million  from banks to cover the  acquisition costs,
and  the  Corporation guaranteed  the borrowings.    Interest accruing  on the
loans, which will  be added to  the loan amounts, may  accrue to a  maximum of
$136 million.  The Transamerica subsidiaries will be paid a  total of $400,000
per year for the option,  plus certain  transaction  costs such as legal fees.
The  Transamerica subsidiaries were paid  $411,974 in 1994  in connection with
the  transaction.  Ms. Rembe is a  director of Transamerica.  Mr. Herringer is
President, CEO and a director of Transamerica.

Transactions  between  the  Corporation  and  H-P  for  equipment  repair  and
maintenance,  training and  support  amounted  to  $9,662,000  in  1994.    In
September  1994,  Pacific  Telesis  Video  Services  ("PTVS")  a  wholly-owned
subsidiary of  the Corporation,  and  H-P entered  into an  agreement to  work
together  on an  interactive video  system to offer  consumers video-on-demand
services by the end  of the year.  H-P will provide large video servers as the
central  element  of  the  PTVS  system.     This  transaction  is  valued  at
approximately $10 million.  PTVS  paid H-P approximately $300,000 in  1994 and
plans  to spend  $3 million  in 1995.   Mr.  Platt is  Chairman of  the Board,
President and CEO of H-P.


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The following  table discloses  compensation received  by the  Named Executive
Officers for the three fiscal years ended December 31, 1994.
















                                      13






                                                                <PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

                                                                             Long Term Compensation
                                                                            ------------------------
                                        Annual Compensation                   Awards       Payouts 
                                     ------------------------               ------------------------
                                                                   (E)          (F)         (G)           (H)          (C+D+G)
        (A)                   (B)         (C)         (D)      Other Annual   Options       LTIP       All Other      Total Cash  
    Name & Position           Year     Salary ($)   Bonus ($)   Comp ($)        (#)*     Payouts ($)   Comp ($)**     Comp ($)***
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                           <S>      <C>         <C>           <C>          <C>         <C>             <C>         <C>       
P. J. Quigley                 1994     $541,458    $391,738      $77,546      210,000     $426,953        $74,925     $1,360,149
Chairman of the Board,        1993      458,417     291,200       46,499            0      320,432         50,101      1,070,049
President & CEO               1992      420,792     292,640       45,576       57,000      187,084         33,422        900,516
(Since 4/1/94)

S. L. Ginn                    1994      217,292     139,438        2,135            0            0        441,287        356,730
Former Chairman of the Board  1993      743,542     793,200       92,819            0      591,548        118,398      2,128,290
& CEO                         1992      709,167     581,000       85,769       90,000      337,885        101,612      1,628,052
(Resigned 4/1/94)

D. W. Dorman                  1994      206,250     602,500 (1)   14,033      100,000            0         22,500        808,750
President & CEO - Pacific Bell
(Engaged 7/1/94)

M. J. Fitzpatrick             1994      366,875     239,800 (2)   13,425       70,000            0         61,647        606,675
President & CEO -             1993      105,000      50,000            0       15,000            0              0        155,000
Pacific Telesis Enterprises
(Engaged 8/30/93)

J. R. Moberg                  1994      331,875     187,550       40,845       70,000      241,280         92,001        760,705
Executive Vice President,     1993      324,375     238,000       29,129            0      188,209         70,340        750,584
Human Resources               1992      309,125     168,740       28,090       25,000      110,833         53,267        588,698

R. W. Odgers                  1994      331,875     187,550       39,166       70,000      241,280         59,153        760,705
Executive Vice President,     1993      324,458     268,000       28,764            0      188,209         43,688        780,667
General Counsel,              1992      311,708     168,740       27,818       25,000      110,833         34,012        591,281
External Affairs & Secretary

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                                                                  14





                                                                <PAGE>

(1)  In July 1994, the Corporation advanced $300,000 to Mr. Dorman at an interest rate of 5.63 percent per annum.  
     In January 1995, the principal amount of the loan was forgiven in payment of a special compensation payment 
     earned by Mr. Dorman in 1994.

(2)  Includes a special compensation payment of $50,000 which was earned by Mr. Fitzpatrick in 1994 and was paid in
     January 1995.

*    To reflect the spin-off of AirTouch on April 1, 1994, the exercise price of all outstanding options was adjusted 
     and each outstanding option to purchase one share of the Corporation's Common Stock was supplemented with an option 
     to purchase one share of AirTouch common stock.  The spread between the exercise price of the option and the market 
     value of Common Stock that existed before the spin-off was allocated between the Corporation option and the new 
     AirTouch option in the same ratio as the ratio between the market value of the Corporation's Common Stock and 
     the market value of AirTouch common stock prior to the spin-off.  Therefore, the intrinsic value of the sum of both 
     resulting options (the Corporation and AirTouch) remained the same.

**   Includes "above-market" interest on deferred compensation (1994 = $53,075, $119,849, $0, $1,347, $78,701 and 
     $45,853, respectively) and company contributions under the Pacific Telesis Group Supplemental Retirement and Savings 
     Plan for Salaried Employees, including a "make-up" match under the Executive Deferral Plan for amounts that were 
     deferred and therefore not eligible for matching contributions under the Pacific Telesis Group Supplemental Retirement 
     and Savings Plan for Salaried Employees (1994 = $21,850, $7,450, $0, $14,700, $13,300 and $13,300, respectively).  
     Also includes executive relocation payments to Messrs. Dorman and Fitzpatrick (1994 = $22,500 and 
     $45,600, respectively) and nonqualified pension payments totalling $313,988 to Mr. Ginn.

***  Includes Salary + Bonus + LTIP Payouts and does not include dividend equivalents which are included under Column E.

</TABLE>



















                                                                  15





                                                                <PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR (1)
                                                                                            Potential Realizable Value At
                                                                                            Assumed Annual Rates of Stock
                                                                                               Price Appreciation for
                            Individual Grants                                                        Option Term
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----------------------------------------------
     (A)            (B)             (C)             (D)             (E)                     (F)                       (G)    
                                 % of Total
                                    Options                                                 5% ($)**                10% ($)**
                    Options      Granted to     Exercise or                            Projected PTG            Projected PTG
                    Granted    Employees in      Base Price     Expiration              Price $52.12             Price $83.00
Name                   (#)*     Fiscal Year          ($/SH)        Date         ($50.09 Dorman Only)     ($79.76 Dorman Only)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----------------------------------------------
<S>                  <C>            <C>             <C>          <C>                      <C>                     <C>        
P. J. Quigley        210,000        2.96%           $32.00       3/31/2004                $4,225,200              $10,710,000

D. W. Dorman         100,000        1.41             30.75       6/30/2004                 1,934,000                4,901,000

M. J. Fitzpatrick     70,000         .99             32.00       3/31/2004                 1,408,400                3,570,000

J. R. Moberg          70,000         .99             32.00       3/31/2004                 1,408,400                3,570,000

R. W. Odgers          70,000         .99             32.00       3/31/2004                 1,408,400                3,570,000

Gain to All
Shareowners              N/A         N/A               N/A             N/A             8,530,880,000           21,624,000,000

Named Executive
Officers' Gain as % 
of Gain to All
Shareowners              N/A         N/A               N/A             N/A                      .12%                     .12%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1)  Mr. Ginn resigned as Chairman of the Board and CEO on April 1, 1994 and did not receive a grant.

*    All options except Mr. Dorman's were granted on April 1, 1994.  50 percent become exercisable on April 1, 1995, and 
     the remaining 50 percent become exercisable on April 1, 1996.  Mr. Dorman's options were granted on July 1, 1994; 
     50 percent become exercisable on April 2, 1995, and the remaining 50 percent become exercisable on April 2, 1996.

**   These are hypothetical values using assumed growth as prescribed by the SEC.

</TABLE>


                                                                  16





                                                                <PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      AGGREGATED OPTION/SAR EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
                                 AND FY-END OPTION/SAR VALUES (1) (2)

    (A)             (B)                (C)                (D)                   (E)
                                                                             Value of  
                                                       Number of            Unexercised 
                                                      Unexercised           In-the-Money 
                                                     Options/SARs at      Options/SARs at
                                                       FY-End (#)            FY-End ($) 
                 Shares Acquired      Value           Exercisable/          Exercisable/ 
   Name          on Exercise (#)    Realized ($)     Unexercisable*       Unexercisable**
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                 <C>                <C>          <C>                    <C>

P. J. Quigley       52,400             $442,614     57,000 /210,000        $169,450/$0    

D. W. Dorman        No Exercises        N/A              0 /100,000               0/ 0    

M. J. Fitzpatrick   No Exercises        N/A         15,000 / 70,000               0/ 0    

J. R. Moberg        39,600              229,922          0 / 70,000               0/ 0    

R. W. Odgers        39,600              254,422          0 / 70,000               0/ 0    
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1) Mr. Ginn resigned as Chairman of the Board and CEO on April 1, 1994 and did not exercise any options, nor
    does he hold any unexercised options.

(2) In 1994, no Named Executive Officer exercised any AirTouch option held by them.  As of December 31, 1994,
    the number of such options held by Messrs. Quigley, Dorman, Fitzpatrick, Moberg and Odgers was 109,400, 0,
    15,000, 39,600 and 39,600, respectively.  All of such AirTouch options were exercisable.  The value of
    such options (based on the closing price on the New York Stock Exchange - Composite Transactions on
    December 30, 1994 of $29.125) was $1,359,211, $0, $111,546, $454,753, and $454,753, respectively.

*   All unexercisable options as of December 31, 1994 (except Mr. Dorman's) reflect options 
    granted on April 1, 1994; 50 percent become exercisable on April 1, 1995, and the remaining 
    50 percent become exercisable on April 1, 1996.  Mr. Dorman's options were granted on July 1, 1994; 
    50 percent become exercisable on April 2, 1995, and the remaining 50 percent become exercisable 
    on April 2, 1996.




                                                                  17





                                                                <PAGE>

**  Based on the closing price on the New York Stock Exchange - Composite Transactions 
    of the Corporation's Common Stock on December 30, 1994 of $28.50 minus the exercise price.

</TABLE>









































                                                                  18





                                                                <PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLANS* - AWARDS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR (1)

                                                                                 Estimated Future Payouts
                                                                            Under Nonstock Price-Based Plans
                                                                       -------------------------------------------
    (A)                     (B)                      (C)                   (D)             (E)            (F)     
                                               Performance or
                      Number of              Other Period Until          Threshold        Target        Maximum   
    Name              Units    (#)**         Maturation or Payout      (# of Units)    (# of Units)   (# of Units) 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                       <C>                    <C>                       <C>             <C>           <C>       
P. J. Quigley             15,695                 Three Years                6,592          15,695          20,404  

D. W. Dorman               8,375                 Three Years                3,518           8,375          10,888  

M. J. Fitzpatrick          6,467                 Three Years                2,716           6,467          12,374  

J. R. Moberg               4,800                 Three Years                2,016           4,800           6,240  

R. W. Odgers               4,800                 Three Years                2,016           4,800           6,240    
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1)   Mr. Ginn resigned as Chairman of the Board and CEO on April 1, 1994 and did not receive a LTIP grant.

*     The LTIP provides awards contingent upon the achievement of performance objectives set by the C&P Committee 
      over a three-year period.  The above grants (Column B) are for the three-year performance period which will end 
      December 31, 1996.  The measures of performance under the LTIP for this performance period are:  (1) Cash Flow Return 
      on Investment in the third year of the performance period; (2) Cumulative Net Cash Flow over the three-year period 
      and (3) Total Investor Return relative to the Total Investor Return of four comparator groups.  These comparator 
      groups are the RHCs, Independent Telecommunications Companies, California Utilities and the S&P 500 Index.  The 
      performance targets are set by the C&P Committee in consideration of the performance levels projected in the 
      Corporation's business plan and the levels of return required to meet investor return expectations.  Investor return
      expectations are based on an analysis of stock market data by an independent third party.

      Awards are denominated in shares of Common Stock and dividend equivalents are paid during the performance period.  
      At the end of the period, awards are paid either in shares of Common Stock or in cash (valued at the average price 
      of the Common Stock for a ten-day period in January).

**    A unit is based on one share of Common Stock.
</TABLE>



                                                                  19







                                    <PAGE>

                               PERFORMANCE GRAPH

The stock performance graph shown below is not necessarily indicative of
future price performance.  (See Appendix for narrative description.)



                      Comparison of Five Year Cumulative
                  Total Return for Pacific Telesis Group, the
                     Six Other RHCs and the S&P 500 Index


                                   G R A P H

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------


PENSION PLANS

The  Corporation  has  noncontributory   pension  plans  (both  qualified  and
nonqualified) for salaried employees.   These plans provide a  monthly pension
for   salaried  employees   including  officers   equal  to   1.45 percent  of
"Compensation"  averaged over  the last  five years  of service  multiplied by
years  of service.  Compensation  for purposes of  determining officer pension
benefits includes  base salary and the target award under the STIP.  Effective
January 1995, the years of service for this purpose will not  be more than the
greater of 30 or the actual years of service accrued as of  December 31, 1994.
An employee is eligible for a pension at age 65 after completing five years of
service.  Pensions may begin earlier with or without an early payment discount
depending upon  age  and  length of  service  at retirement.    Retirement  is
mandatory at  age 65  for officers  and other  senior  managers, provided  the
individuals  fall within  the  provisions  of  Section  12(c)(1)  of  the  Age
Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended from time to time.

The pension plans covering  officers also provide that officers  designated as
eligible to  participate prior  to January  25, 1992, will  be eligible  for a
minimum  pension of 45 percent of average  Compensation for the officer's last
five years of employment if the officer serves as an officer for ten years and
leaves the Corporation in good standing at age 55 or thereafter.  This minimum
pension is increased  by an additional 1.0 percent  per year, up to  a maximum
total pension of  50 percent, at 15  years or more  of service as an  officer.
The minimum pension benefit will be  offset by benefits payable to the officer
under any other qualified or nonqualified pension plans of the Corporation.

Officers and senior  managers who are hired at age 35 or over into a specified
level of management ("mid-career hires")  and terminate after completing  five
or more  years of  service at  a specified level,  receive additional  pension
credits equal to the difference between 35 and their maximum possible years of
service attainable at age 65,  not to exceed actual net credited service, at a
rate of 1.0 percent per year, with a higher  rate of 1.45 percent per year for
those years  served as  an officer.   The Board  has authorized  amendments to
these mid-career hire provisions as necessary or advisable to coordinate these
provisions with the 30-year limit on service for pensions described above.




                                      20








                                    <PAGE>

The  following  table shows  the total  annual  straight life  annuity pension
benefits  that would be  received by an  executive officer of  the Corporation
retiring  today at  age 65  under the  qualified and  nonqualified plans.   It
assumes various  specified levels  of total  years of  service and of  average
annual Compensation  during the  final five  years of  service.   The benefits
shown in  the table generally are  not subject to offsets  for Social Security
benefits or other payments.

Average Annual
 Compensation
 During Final               Years of Service Prior to Retirement
   Five Years    -----------------------------------------------------------
   of Service        15          20          25          30         35 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   $  450,000     $ 97,875    $130,500    $163,125    $195,750    $228,375
      500,000      108,750     145,000     181,250     217,500     253,750
      650,000      141,375     188,500     235,625     282,750     329,875
      700,000      152,250     203,000     253,750     304,500     355,250
      800,000      174,000     232,000     290,000     348,000     406,000
      900,000      195,750     261,000     326,250     391,500     456,750
    1,000,000      217,500     290,000     362,500     435,000     507,500
    1,150,000      250,125     333,500     416,875     500,250     583,625
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Pensions under the plans may  be paid as life annuities or joint  and survivor
annuities  or a lump sum payment at  retirement.  Pensions under the qualified
plan are not subject to offset or forfeiture.  Pensions under the nonqualified
plans are subject to forfeiture or reduction in certain circumstances.

The 1994  Compensation of  Messrs. Quigley,  Dorman,  Fitzpatrick, Moberg  and
Odgers,  covered   by  the  qualified   and  nonqualified  pension   plans  is
$870,000, $475,000,  $522,500,  $487,500  and  $487,500,  respectively.    The
approximate  estimated  credited  years  of  service  that  will  be  used  in
calculating  a pension benefit of Messrs. Quigley, Dorman, Fitzpatrick, Moberg
and Odgers, upon retirement at  age 65 is 30, 25, 20, 34 and 14, respectively.
Messrs. Quigley and Moberg will have 15 or more years of service as an officer
at  age 65, assuming they continue as  officers during the intervening period,
and thus would be entitled  to the greater of the amount determined  under the
table above or  a minimum pension benefit of 50 percent  of the average annual
Compensation during  their final five years of  service.  Mr. Odgers will have
14  years of  service as  an officer  at age  65 assuming  he continues  as an
officer  during the  intervening period,  and thus  should be entitled  to the
greater of  the amount determined under  the table above or  a minimum pension
benefit equal to  49 percent  of the  average annual  Compensation during  his
final  five years of service.   The C&P Committee terminated the participation
of  all participants under  the Corporation's  nonqualified pension  plans who
were transferring employment to  AirTouch in connection with the  spin-off and
who were eligible  either for  nondiscounted service pensions  or for  officer
minimum pensions.  In 1994,  in accordance with the terms of  the nonqualified
pension  plans  applicable  to  terminated  participants,  Mr.  Ginn  received
monthly   nonqualified  pension  payments  equal  to   a  total  of  $313,988.
Mr. Ginn's  benefits  under  the  Corporation's qualified  pension  plan  were
transferred to the AirTouch pension plan.




                                      21








                                    <PAGE>

EMPLOYMENT  CONTRACTS  AND  TERMINATION  OF EMPLOYMENT  OR  CHANGE  IN CONTROL
ARRANGEMENTS

The Corporation has entered into  employment agreements with certain officers,
including  Messrs.  Quigley,  Dorman,  Fitzpatrick, Moberg  and  Odgers  which
provide for payments in the event of an involuntary termination of employment.
Such agreements do  not have a  fixed term  and may be  terminated upon  three
years  notice.  The agreements will automatically terminate upon the voluntary
resignation of the officer.  The amount of the payments depends on whether the
involuntary termination occurs within three years after a "change in control."
If an officer's employment  is involuntarily terminated for some  reason other
than cause, death or  disability, whether or  not there has  been a change  in
control, the Corporation will make a cash payment of three times the officer's
base  compensation then in effect, plus 100  percent of the target award under
the  STIP applicable  for  that calendar  year  and, if  all  LTIP awards  are
forfeited, an amount equal to the value of a share of Common Stock on the date
of employment termination multiplied by the number of  LTIP awards granted for
the performance period  that ends in that  calendar year.  In  such event, the
Corporation will also compensate  the officer for the termination  of NSOs and
Stock  Appreciation  Rights ("SARs"),  based  on the  difference  between fair
market  value of  the  Corporation's Common  Stock at  the  effective date  of
termination and  the option price (in the case of SARs, the difference between
such fair market value and  the option price at which the stock option related
to the SAR was granted).

Upon an involuntary termination (including a "constructive termination," which
is defined as a  material reduction in responsibilities, a  material reduction
in salary or benefits or a requirement to relocate) within three years after a
"change  in  control,"  the officer  shall  receive  a  severance payment,  in
addition  to  the  payments   described  in  the  preceding  paragraph,   when
applicable, equal to  approximately 200 percent of the officer's STIP and LTIP
awards for  one year.  "Change in  control" is defined generally  as a party's
acquisition, direct or  indirect, of 20 percent  or more of the  Corporation's
securities,  a   greater  than   one-third  change  in   composition  of   the
Corporation's Board of  Directors in 24  months that was  not approved by  the
majority of existing  directors, or certain mergers,  consolidations, sales or
liquidations of substantially all of the Corporation's assets.  Without regard
to any other  provision of the  employment agreements, in  the event that  the
Corporation's  auditors determine that  any portion of the  payment to be made
under  the   agreement  is  nondeductible   by  the  Corporation   because  of
Code Section 280G, payments under the agreements will be reduced to the extent
of the nondeductible amount.

In  addition to the provisions  of the employment  agreements described above,
the  Corporation has also entered  into a supplemental  benefit agreement with
Mr. Odgers under which, if he voluntarily terminates his employment, he  would
receive  a   pension  (payable  in  any  of  the  forms  available  under  the
nonqualified pension plans) equal to a percentage (increasing ratably for each
month of employment,  beginning with 35 percent and ending  with 45 percent in
the  event of  termination in  or after  October 1997)  of his  average annual
compensation  (including  base salary  and the  target  award under  the STIP)
during the  final five years  of employment.   The agreement further  provides
that if Mr. Odgers is involuntarily terminated, or if his position or




                                      22








                                    <PAGE>

compensation  is materially  reduced,  he would  receive  a pension  equal  to
45 percent of his  average annual compensation during his  final five years of
employment.  Any  payments to Mr. Odgers under this  agreement would be offset
by benefits payable to  him under the qualified and nonqualified pension plans
of  the Corporation described under  "Pension Plans" in  the above discussion.
In  addition to the provisions  of the employment  agreements described above,
the Corporation has agreed to provide certain supplemental pension benefits to
Mr. Dorman if he terminates employment after completing five years of service.
The  Corporation has  agreed  that Mr.  Dorman  would receive  a  supplemental
pension benefit  of  1.0 percent  per  year of  service  (in addition  to  the
1.45 percent  credited  to  all  salaried  employees)  of  his  average annual
compensation  (including  base salary  and the  target  award under  the STIP)
during the  final five years of employment multiplied by his years of service.
Mr. Dorman's total pension would be limited to a maximum of 50  percent, would
be payable in any of the  forms available under the nonqualified pension plans
and  would not be  discounted for early  payment.  Any payments  to Mr. Dorman
under  this agreement  would be offset  by benefits  payable to  him under the
qualified and  nonqualified pension plans  of the Corporation  described under
"Pension Plans" in the above discussion.

The  Corporation  also  has agreed  to  provide  certain  executive relocation
benefits to Messrs. Dorman and Fitzpatrick.  These benefits include assistance
with the sale of their  prior residences and the purchase of new residences in
the San Francisco  area, payment of certain expenses  associated in moving the
executives and  their families to  the San  Francisco area, and  payment of  a
relocation  allowance equal to a decreasing percentage  of base salary for the
first three years of  employment (ten percent, eight percent  and six percent,
respectively).

The Corporation also has an Executive Deferral Plan pursuant to which officers
may  elect  to defer  the  receipt  of all  or  a  part of  certain  specified
compensation payments (including base salary, STIP,  LTIP and bonus payments).
These  deferred amounts earn interest compounded annually at a rate determined
by the Board.   The rate for 1994 was equal  to 10 percent.  A trust  has been
established and assets have been contributed by the Corporation, consisting of
cash  and  other  investments, from  which  benefits  for  officers under  the
Executive Deferral Plan may be  paid.  A similar trust (with  the contribution
of assets  in a similar manner)  has also been established  from which various
nonqualified  executive retirement  or pension  benefits may  be paid.   These
trusts generally provide that the C&P Committee may issue instructions  to the
trustee as  to payment of  benefits and that  the Corporation will  contribute
sufficient assets to the trust to fully fund benefit payments upon a change in
control.

RATIFICATION OF  APPOINTMENT OF AUDITORS  (ITEM B  ON PROXY  CARD -  DIRECTORS
RECOMMEND A VOTE "FOR")

Subject   to   shareowner  ratification,   the   Board   of  Directors,   upon
recommendation of the  Audit Committee, has reappointed the firm  of Coopers &
Lybrand L.L.P.,  Certified Public  Accountants, as independent  accountants to
audit the financial statements of the  Corporation for the year 1995.  Coopers
& Lybrand L.L.P. has  audited the Corporation's financial statements  for many
years.  The Board of Directors recommends that the shareowners vote "FOR" such
ratification.   If  the  shareowners do  not  ratify this  appointment,  other
certified public accountants will be considered by the Board of Directors upon
recommendation of the Audit Committee.

                                      23








                                    <PAGE>

For  the year 1994, Coopers &  Lybrand L.L.P. audited the financial statements
of the  Corporation and  some of its  subsidiaries, and  provided other  audit
services to  the Corporation  in connection  with SEC filings,  the review  of
interim  financial statements and audits of pension and other employee benefit
plans.

One or  more members  of the firm  are expected  to be  present at the  Annual
Meeting and will have the opportunity to make a statement if they desire to do
so and to respond to appropriate questions.


THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS A VOTE "FOR" THIS PROPOSAL.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS  PROPOSAL TO  APPROVE THE  CORPORATION'S SENIOR  MANAGEMENT
LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN  (ITEM C ON PROXY  CARD - DIRECTORS RECOMMEND A  VOTE
"FOR")

In December 1994 and effective as of January 1, 1995, contingent on shareowner
approval, the Board of  Directors adopted an amendment and  restatement of the
Pacific  Telesis Group Senior Management Long Term Incentive Plan, as approved
and recommended by the  C&P Committee.  Accordingly, the  following resolution
will be presented for a vote of the shareowners  at the Annual Meeting and the
Board recommends that it be approved:

"RESOLVED that the adoption by  the Board of Directors of the  Pacific Telesis
Group  Senior  Management Long  Term  Incentive  Plan  (amended  and  restated
effective January 1, 1995) is hereby approved, ratified and confirmed."

The  directors believe  that  the  Corporation's  LTIP  provides  a  means  of
attracting,  retaining   and  motivating  executives  and   senior  management
employees.  The LTIP is being submitted for shareowner approval to comply with
Sections  14(a) and  16(b) and Rule  16b-3 of  the Securities  Exchange Act of
1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")  and to comply with Code Section 162(m).
If the LTIP, as amended and restated, is  not approved by the shareowners, the
prior version of the LTIP will remain effective until further amended.

BACKGROUND.   The 1995 amendment and restatement of the LTIP replaces the 1985
restatement  of the LTIP, which  was a continuation,  with certain nonmaterial
modifications, of the LTIP adopted by the Corporation in 1983 that was similar
to the Bell  System Long Term Incentive Plan  for senior managers of  AT&T and
other Bell System companies approved in 1982 by AT&T's shareowners.   The LTIP
has no fixed expiration date.

SUMMARY  OF THE 1995 LTIP.   A summary  of the essential features  of the 1995
LTIP  is provided below, but is qualified in  its entirety by reference to the
full text of the LTIP which was filed electronically with this proxy statement
with the SEC.  Such text is not included in this proxy statement.  

Under the  LTIP, the  C&P Committee,  or another  committee designated  by the
Board  of Directors  for administering  the LTIP  (the "LTIP  Committee"), may
grant awards of  "units" to certain senior managers of  the Corporation or any
of its affiliates.  As  of January 1, 1995, approximately 30 employees  of the
Corporation and its affiliates were eligible to participate in the LTIP.




                                      24








                                    <PAGE>

The  LTIP Committee  has  discretion to  select  the senior  managers who  may
receive grants of units under the LTIP, to determine the amounts of such units
and the forms of any distribution, and to establish the performance period and
applicable performance  criteria.   The majority  of the  members of the  LTIP
Committee are "disinterested persons" as defined in Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange
Act.   A  senior manager is  not rendered  ineligible to  be a  participant by
reason of being a member of the Board.

At  the time  the units  are  granted, the  LTIP Committee  shall establish  a
performance period of two or more years, and the performance criteria for such
period.     In  the  event  of  any  stock  split,  recapitalization,  merger,
consolidation, spin-off or other similar corporate change, or an extraordinary
change  which significantly alters the basis upon which the performance levels
were established, the LTIP Committee  may make such adjustments to  the number
of units granted or the established performance levels, as applicable, that it
deems appropriate in order to preserve the incentive features of the LTIP.  

At the conclusion of the performance period, the LTIP Committee determines the
percentage of the units granted that will be distributed, if any, based on the
degree to which the  specified financial and other performance  objectives are
met.  The percentage  of units that will  be distributed to a  participant may
vary  from 0 to  200 percent of  the units  granted to such  participant.  The
aggregate number of units that may be granted to all participants in any year,
and  the  aggregate  number  of  units  that  may  be  determined  earned  and
distributable in  any year based on  the degree to  which performance criteria
are met,  may not exceed 0.5 percent  of the total number  of shares of Common
Stock outstanding at  the time the units are granted  or become distributable,
whichever is applicable.

During  the year in which units are granted and thereafter until distribution,
cash payments  will be made  to participants  in an amount  equivalent to  the
dividends paid on  a number of  shares equal to  the number of units  granted.
These dividend equivalents will be paid on a current basis and will not depend
on the distribution that actually occurs at the end of the performance period.

Distributions of  units determined  earned based  on the  performance criteria
will be made  in the form of a  number of shares of Common Stock  equal to the
number of such units or cash equal in amount to the then current value of such
number of shares, or partly in shares and partly in cash, as determined by the
LTIP  Committee.   Distribution will  normally occur  only at  the end  of the
applicable  performance period.  Distributions  of units may  occur earlier in
the case of death  and in the  case of certain terminations  of service.   The
LTIP Committee may direct distribution of  an estimated number of units earned
immediately prior to  the end of a  performance period with the  balance to be
distributed after the performance period at such time as a final determination
of  the number of  units earned is  made.  No  distributions may be  made to a
participant who is dismissed for cause.  The LTIP Committee  has discretion to
determine   that  no  dividend  equivalent  payments  shall  be  made  and  no
distributions  shall  be made  if  there  exists  any  default in  payment  of
dividends on  any  outstanding capital  stock  of the  Corporation or  if  the
estimated consolidated net income of the Corporation for the preceding twelve-
month  period,   excluding  extraordinary   charges,  is  less   than  amounts
distributable under the LTIP together with STIP awards plus all dividends paid
or payable for such period.



                                      25








                                    <PAGE>

The  1995 restatement  of  the  LTIP  includes  certain  provisions  that  are
applicable solely to Named Executive Officers to ensure that compensation paid
to such executives under the LTIP will be exempt from the limits on deductible
compensation imposed under Code Section 162(m).  These provisions establish an
objective performance-based formula  for determining the  amount distributable
to Named Executive  Officers at the  end of a  performance period.  For  these
executives, in  lieu of a determination  of a percentage of  the units granted
during the performance period that shall be distributable, the number of units
granted for such performance period that shall become distributable at the end
of the  performance period to  each such  executive shall equal  a cash  value
determined  based  on a  formula  specified  in the  LTIP.    The formula  for
determining such  cash value is as follows:  first, an aggregate cash value is
determined by  dividing (1) the  sum of 0.4  percent of  "Cash from  Operating
Activities" (as publicly disclosed in the Corporation's consolidated financial
statements)  for  each year  included in  the  performance period,  by (2) the
number of  years in such performance period.  Second, the aggregate cash value
is  allocated  among  all  such  executives,  pro  rata  based  on  each  such
executive's  base  salary at  the  beginning of  the  performance period.   In
addition, those members of the LTIP Committee who are outside directors within
the  meaning  of Code  Section  162(m)  have discretion  to  reduce the  units
determined distributable to any such executive, based on financial performance
criteria, individual performance criteria or any other criteria such directors
deem appropriate. 

The  Board may  modify the  LTIP, provided  that without  the approval  of the
shareowners no modification shall materially increase the benefits accruing to
employees, materially increase the number of  shares which may be issued under
the LTIP (except  for adjustments  to reflect stock  dividends, stock  splits,
recapitalizations  or other corporation  reorganizations) or materially modify
the eligibility requirements for participation in the LTIP.



























                                      26








                                    <PAGE>

The  following table discloses  the units to  be granted to  each of the Named
Executive Officers, all executive officers as a group and all senior managers,
excluding executive officers, as a group under the LTIP during the fiscal year
ending December 31, 1995.  

                  SENIOR MANAGEMENT LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

                                                     Grants for 1995-1997
                                                       Performance Period
Name and Position                                        (# of units)*   
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
P. J. Quigley
Chairman, President & CEO                                          21,800

D. W. Dorman                                                       14,500
President & CEO - Pacific Bell

M. J. Fitzpatrick                                                   8,300
President & CEO - Pacific Telesis Enterprises

J. R. Moberg                                                        6,050
Executive Vice President, Human Resources

R. W. Odgers                                                        6,050
Executive Vice President, General Counsel, External Affairs
& Secretary

All executive officers as a group (7 persons)                      65,350

All senior managers (excluding executive officers) as a group      57,350
(23 persons)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

*    A unit is based on one share of  Common Stock.  Dividend equivalents will
     be paid to participants in the amount equivalent to the dividends paid on
     the  number of  shares  of Common  Stock  equal to  the  number of  units
     granted.  

     For participants who  are not Named Executive Officers at  the end of the
     1995-1997 performance  period, the  number of units  actually distributed
     may vary from 0  to 200 percent of  the units granted.  For  participants
     who are Named  Executive Officers at the end of the 1995-1997 performance
     period, units granted listed  above will be replaced by  the performance-
     based  formula described above, which  is contingent upon  the amount, if
     any, of Cash from Operating Activities.

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS A VOTE "FOR" THIS PROPOSAL.

BOARD  OF DIRECTORS PROPOSAL TO APPROVE THE CORPORATION'S SHORT TERM INCENTIVE
PLAN (ITEM D ON PROXY CARD - DIRECTORS RECOMMEND A VOTE "FOR")







                                      27








                                    <PAGE>

In December 1994 and effective as of January 1, 1995, contingent on shareowner
approval, the Board  of Directors adopted an amendment  and restatement of the
Pacific Telesis Group Short  Term Incentive Plan, as approved  and recommended
by the C&P Committee.  Accordingly, the following resolution will be presented
for a vote of  the shareowners at the Annual Meeting  and the Board recommends
that it be approved:

"RESOLVED  that the adoption by the Board  of Directors of the Pacific Telesis
Group   Short   Term   Incentive   Plan  (amended   and   restated   effective
January 1, 1995) is hereby approved, ratified and confirmed."

The  STIP provides  managers  of  the  Corporation  and  its  affiliates  with
incentive  compensation based upon the  level of achievement  of financial and
other performance criteria.  The directors believe that the Corporation's STIP
provides a means of attracting, retaining and motivating management employees.
The  STIP  is  being   submitted  for  shareowner  approval  to   comply  with
Code Section 162(m).  If the STIP, as amended and restated, is not approved by
the shareowners, the  prior version of  the STIP will  remain effective  until
further amended.

SUMMARY OF THE 1995 STIP.  A summary of the essential features of the  STIP is
provided below, but is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text
of the STIP which was filed electronically with this proxy  statement with the
SEC.  Such text is not included in this proxy statement.  

The STIP is administered by the C&P Committee, or another committee designated
by the Board  of Directors for administering the STIP  (the "STIP Committee").
Employees of the Corporation or any of its affiliates in active service for at
least three months during a performance  year (the year in which a  STIP award
is earned)  in  a position  determined by  the  STIP Committee  to be  in  the
management compensation  group are eligible to participate in the STIP.  As of
January 1, 1995,  approximately 14,000  employees of the  Corporation and  its
affiliates were eligible to participate in the STIP.  The STIP Committee shall
approve a  target award level for each level of management eligible for awards
under the STIP for each calendar year it intends to designate as a performance
year for  purposes of the STIP  and establish financial  and other performance
criteria applicable  to awards for the  performance year. In the  event of any
stock  split,  recapitalization,  merger,  consolidation,  spin-off  or  other
similar  corporate  change, or  an  extraordinary  change which  significantly
alters the basis upon which the performance levels were established,  the STIP
Committee may make such adjustments to the established performance levels that
it deems appropriate in order to preserve the incentive features of the STIP.

Awards are made each  calendar year with respect to the  immediately preceding
performance  year,  based upon  the level  of  achievement of  the established
performance  criteria  in  addition to  individual  merit.    Awards shall  be
prorated for a particular performance year to account for entrance  to or exit
during the performance year  from the level of management eligible for awards,
changes in  level, receipt of disability  benefits for more than  three months
during  the performance  year or  certain terminations  of service  during the
performance year.  






                                      28








                                    <PAGE>

Target awards serve as a guideline in making awards.  Awards normally may vary
from  0 to  200 percent  of the target  award based  upon the  degree to which
specified financial objectives and other performance criteria are met, but may
also be  further adjusted, in the  case of each individual  participant, to be
more  (up to  a maximum  of 250  percent) or  less, depending  upon individual
performance.  

No  awards distribution  may be  made to  a participant  who is  dismissed for
cause.  The STIP Committee has discretion to determine that no awards shall be
made if  there exists any default  in payment of dividends  on any outstanding
shares of capital stock  of the Corporation, or if the  estimated consolidated
net income of the Corporation for the preceding twelve-month period, excluding
extraordinary  charges, is  less  than amounts  distributable  under the  STIP
together  with  awards  eligible for  distribution  under  the  LTIP plus  all
dividends paid or payable for such period.

The 1995 amendment  and restatement  of the STIP  includes certain  provisions
that  are applicable  solely  to  Named  Executive  Officers  to  ensure  that
compensation paid  to such executives under  the STIP will be  exempt from the
limits  on deductible compensation imposed  under Code Section  162(m).  These
provisions establish  an objective  performance-based formula for  determining
the STIP award  for the Named Executive Officers for a  performance year.  For
these executives, the award for a performance year is determined by allocating
among all such executives, pro rata based on each such executive's base salary
at the  beginning of the performance year, a portion of an aggregate award for
all such executives equal to 0.4 percent of Cash from Operating Activities for
the performance  year.  In addition,  those members of the  STIP Committee who
are  outside  directors  within  the  meaning  of  Code  Section  162(m)  have
discretion to reduce the award determined distributable to any such executive,
based on  financial performance  criteria, individual performance  criteria or
any other criteria such directors deem appropriate.


























                                      29








                                    <PAGE>

The following table discloses the target awards to be allocated to each of the
Named Executive Officers, all executive officers as a group and all employees,
excluding executive officers, as a group under the STIP during the fiscal year
ending December 31, 1995.

                           SHORT TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

Name and Position                                 1995 Target Awards ($)*
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
P. J. Quigley                                                    $440,000
Chairman, President & CEO

D. W. Dorman
President & CEO - Pacific Bell                                    270,000

M. J. Fitzpatrick                                                 200,000
President & CEO - Pacific Telesis Enterprises

J. R. Moberg                                                      175,000
Executive Vice President, Human Resources

R. W. Odgers                                                      175,000
Executive Vice President, General Counsel,
External Affairs & Secretary

All executive officers as a group (7 persons)                   1,545,000

All employees (excluding executive officers) as group          81,455,000
(approximately 14,000 persons)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

*   For participants  who are not Named  Executive Officers at the  end of the
    fiscal year, the actual award may vary from 0 to 250 percent of the target
    award.   For participants who are  Named Executive Officers at  the end of
    the  fiscal  year,  the  awards  listed  above  will  be  replaced  by the
    performance-based formula  described above,  which is contingent  upon the
    amount, if any, of Cash from Operating Activities.

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS A VOTE "FOR" THIS PROPOSAL.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS PROPOSAL  TO AMEND THE 1994 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN (ITEM E ON
PROXY CARD - DIRECTORS RECOMMEND A VOTE "FOR")

At the Corporation's 1994 Annual Meeting, shareowners of the Corporation voted
to  approve the  Pacific  Telesis  Group  1994  Stock  Incentive  Plan,  which
prescribes  certain grants  of stock  and stock  options to  outside directors
under specified  terms and permits the  C&P Committee of the  Board to approve
grants  of  stock  options, SARs,  restricted  stock  and stock  units  to key
employees of  the Corporation under terms  determined by the C&P  Committee in
its discretion.  

One  of the  specified terms  of the  grants of  stock options  to nonemployee
directors is that upon  the director's retirement the stock  option terminates
36 months after the date of retirement, provided no earlier termination



                                      30








                                    <PAGE>

provision is otherwise applicable.  Shareowners are being asked  to approve an
amendment to the  Stock Plan  that would extend  the post-retirement  exercise
period  to  60  months  after the  date  of  retirement,  provided no  earlier
termination provision  is otherwise  applicable, for  (1) stock  option grants
made to nonemployee  directors pursuant to the Stock Plan  upon the conclusion
of  the  1994 Annual  Meeting  and  (2) future  stock  option  grants made  to
nonemployee directors.  The directors believe that this amendment will conform
the  terms of stock options  granted to nonemployee  directors under the Stock
Plan to  long-term growth  objectives of the  Corporation.  This  amendment is
being  submitted for  shareowner approval  to comply  with Sections  14(a) and
16(b)  and Rule  16b-3  of the  Exchange Act.    There have  been  no previous
amendments to  the provisions  in the  Stock Plan with  respect to  grants for
nonemployee directors.

Accordingly, the  following resolution  will be  presented for  a vote of  the
shareowners  at  the Annual  Meeting  and  the  Board  recommends that  it  be
approved:

"RESOLVED  that the amendment by the Board of  Directors of Section 4.2 of the
Pacific Telesis Group  1994 Stock Incentive Plan effective April 29, 1994, and
the  conforming modification  of the  Nonemployee Director  Nonstatutory Stock
Option   Agreement  for   each   nonemployee  director   granted  options   on
April 29, 1994  pursuant  to Section  4.2,  is hereby  approved,  ratified and
confirmed."

A summary of the  essential features of the Stock Plan  is provided below, but
is qualified in its entirety  by reference to the full text of  the Stock Plan
which was filed electronically with  this proxy statement with the SEC.   Such
text is not included in this proxy statement.

SHARES AVAILABLE FOR ISSUANCE.  The Stock Plan provides for awards in the form
of  restricted  shares,  stock units,  options  or  SARs,  or any  combination
thereof.   The total number of  shares of Common Stock  available for issuance
under  the Stock Plan is 21,000,000,  subject to anti-dilution provisions.  If
any restricted shares, stock  units, options or  SARs granted under the  Stock
Plan are forfeited, or if options or SARs terminate for any other reason prior
to exercise, then the underlying shares of Common Stock again become available
for awards.

ADMINISTRATION AND ELIGIBILITY.   The Stock  Plan is administered  by the  C&P
Committee.  The C&P Committee selects the employees of the  Corporation or any
affiliate who will  receive awards, determines the size of the awards (limited
for options and SARs to awards covering not more than 500,000 shares of Common
Stock in  any calendar year to  a single employee) and  establishes vesting or
other  conditions.   Employees,  directors, consultants  and  advisers of  the
Corporation  (or any affiliate of the Corporation) are eligible to participate
in the  Stock Plan, although incentive  stock options ("ISOs")  may be granted
only  to  employees  of   the  Corporation  or  its   subsidiaries.    As   of
January 1, 1995,  approximately 51,600  employees of  the Corporation  and its
affiliates  and  ten  nonemployee directors  were  eligible  for selection  to
receive awards under  the Stock Plan.  The number  of eligible consultants and
advisers  cannot be determined.  The participation of nonemployee directors of
the  Corporation is  limited to  certain automatic  grants of NSOs  and stock,
except  to  the  extent  the   Corporation's  Board  of  Directors  implements
provisions  that would  permit a  nonemployee director  to convert  the annual
retainer and meeting fees to stock options or stock units.

                                      31








                                    <PAGE>

PAYMENT.  In  general, no payment will be  required upon receipt of  an award.
The Stock Plan,  however, permits the  grant of awards  in consideration of  a
cash payment or a voluntary reduction in cash compensation.

RESTRICTED  STOCK.   Restricted shares  are shares  of Common  Stock that  are
subject to forfeiture in the event that any  applicable vesting conditions are
not  satisfied,  and they  are nontransferable  prior  to vesting  (except for
certain  transfers to a trustee).  Restricted  shares have the same voting and
dividend rights as other shares of Common Stock.

STOCK  UNITS.  A stock unit is  an unfunded bookkeeping entry representing the
equivalent of  one share of Common  Stock, and it is  nontransferable prior to
the holder's death (except  for certain transfers to a trustee).   A holder of
stock units  has no voting rights or other privileges  as a shareowner but may
be  entitled  to  receive dividend  equivalents  equal  to the  amount  of any
dividends paid  on  the same  number  of shares  of  Common Stock.    Dividend
equivalents  may be converted  into additional stock  units or  settled in the
form of cash, Common Stock or a combination of both.

Stock  units, when  vested, may  be settled  by distributing shares  of Common
Stock or by  a cash  payment corresponding  to the  fair market  value of  the
appropriate number of  shares of Common Stock, or a combination  of both.  The
number  of shares  of  Common Stock  (or  the  corresponding amount  of  cash)
distributed in  settlement of stock units  may be greater or  smaller than the
number  of  stock   units,  depending  upon  the  attainment   of  performance
objectives.  Vested stock units will be  settled at the time determined by the
C&P Committee.  If the time  of settlement is deferred, interest or additional
dividend equivalents may be credited  on the deferred payment.  The  recipient
of restricted shares  or stock units  may pay all projected  withholding taxes
relating to the award with Common Stock rather than cash.

STOCK  OPTIONS.  Options may include NSOs as  well as ISOs intended to qualify
for special tax treatment.  The term of an ISO cannot exceed 10 years, and the
exercise  price of an  ISO must be  equal to or  greater than the  fair market
value of the  Common Stock  on the effective  date of grant.   The Stock  Plan
permits  the grant of NSOs  with an exercise price  that varies according to a
predetermined formula.

The exercise price  of an option may  be paid in any lawful  form permitted by
the C&P Committee, including  (without limitation) the surrender of  shares of
Common Stock  or restricted shares already  owned by the optionee.   The Stock
Plan also allows the optionee to pay the exercise price of an option by giving
"exercise/sale" or "exercise/pledge" directions.  If  exercise/sale directions
are given, a number of option shares  sufficient to pay the exercise price and
any  withholding taxes  is  issued directly  to a  securities broker  or other
lender selected by  the Corporation.  The broker or other lender will hold the
shares as security and will extend credit for up to 50 percent of their market
value.   The loan  proceeds will  be  paid to  the Corporation  to the  extent
necessary  to pay the  exercise price and  any withholding taxes.   Any excess
loan proceeds  may  be  paid  to the  optionee.    If the  loan  proceeds  are
insufficient to cover the  exercise price and withholding taxes,  the optionee
will be  required to  pay the  deficiency to  the Corporation  at the  time of
exercise or within a specified period thereafter.  The C&P  Committee may also
permit  optionees to satisfy their withholding tax obligation upon exercise of
an NSO by surrendering a portion of their option shares to the Corporation.


                                      32








                                    <PAGE>

NSO grants are governed by Code Section 83.  Generally, no federal  income tax
is payable by a participant upon the grant of  an NSO.  Under current tax law,
if a participant exercises an NSO, he  or she will be taxed on the  difference
between the fair market value of the Common Stock on the exercise date and the
option exercise  price.  The Corporation  will be entitled to  a corresponding
deduction on its income tax return upon the exercise of an NSO.

ISO grants are governed by Code Section 422.  Generally, no federal income tax
is  payable by a participant  upon the grant  or upon the exercise  of an ISO.
Under current tax law, the  participant will be taxed upon disposition  of the
stock on the difference between the exercise price and the  amount received on
disposition of  the stock.  The length of time the participant holds the stock
after  exercise of an  ISO determines whether  the income is  taxed as capital
gains  income or part compensation income and  part capital gains income.  The
Corporation will not be  entitled to a corresponding  deduction on its  income
tax  return  except to  the  extent  the  participant recognizes  compensation
income.

STOCK  APPRECIATION RIGHTS.  SARs  permit the participant  to elect to receive
any appreciation in  the value of the  underlying stock from  the Corporation,
either in shares of Common Stock or in cash or a combination of the  two, with
the C&P  Committee having the discretion  to determine the form  in which such
payment will be made.  The amount payable on  exercise of a SAR is measured by
the difference  between  the fair  market  value of  the  underlying stock  at
exercise and  the exercise  price.   SARs may,  but  need not,  be granted  in
conjunction with options.   Upon exercise of  a SAR granted in  tandem with an
option,  the corresponding portion of  the related option  must be surrendered
and cannot thereafter be exercised.  Conversely, upon exercise of an option to
which a SAR is attached, the SAR may no longer be exercised to the extent that
the corresponding  option  has  been exercised.    All options  and  SARs  are
nontransferable prior to the optionee's death.

VESTING CONDITIONS.  As  noted above, the C&P Committee determines  the number
of restricted shares, stock units, options or SARs to be included in the award
as well as the  vesting and other conditions.   The vesting conditions may  be
based  on the  employee's  service, his  or  her individual  performance,  the
Corporation's  performance or other criteria.   Vesting may  be accelerated in
the event of the employee's death, disability or retirement, in the event of a
change in  control  with respect  to  the Corporation  or upon  other  events.
Moreover,  the C&P Committee may  determine that outstanding  options and SARs
will become  fully vested  if  it has  concluded that  there  is a  reasonable
possibility that a change in control will occur within six months thereafter.

For purposes  of the Stock  Plan, the term "change  in control" is  defined as
(1) the acquisition,  directly or indirectly,  of at least  20 percent  of the
outstanding  securities  of  the  Corporation  by  a  person  other  than  the
Corporation  or  an employee benefit  plan of the  Corporation, (2) a  greater
than  one-third change  in  the composition  of  the Board  over  a period  of
24 months  (if such  change was  not approved  by a  majority of  the existing
directors), (3) certain mergers  and consolidations involving the Corporation,
(4) a liquidation of the Corporation or (5) a sale of all or substantially all
of the Corporation's assets.  The term  "change in control" does not include a
reincorporation  of the  Corporation in  a different  state and  certain other
transactions.



                                      33








                                    <PAGE>

LIMITATIONS UNDER  TAX LAWS.  Awards under the Stock  Plan may provide that if
any  payment  (or  transfer)  by  the  Corporation  to  a  recipient  would be
nondeductible by the Corporation  for federal income tax purposes  pursuant to
Code Section 280G, then the  aggregate present value of all such  payments (or
transfers) will  be reduced to  an amount  which maximizes such  value without
causing any such payments (or transfers) to be nondeductible.

MODIFICATIONS.   The C&P Committee is authorized, within the provisions of the
Stock Plan,  to amend  the terms  of outstanding  restricted  shares or  stock
units, to  modify or extend  outstanding options  or SARs or  to exchange  new
options for  outstanding options, including outstanding options  with a higher
exercise price than the new options.

NONEMPLOYEE  DIRECTORS.  Members of  the Corporation's Board  of Directors who
are not employees of  the Corporation or its  affiliates will receive  certain
benefits  under  the Stock  Plan as  described  in "Director  Compensation and
Related Transactions."

COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 16 OF  THE EXCHANGE ACT AND CODE SECTION 162(m).   The
intent  of the Stock Plan is  to comply with any rule  under Section 16 of the
Exchange  Act  including  preservation  of  certain  of  the  participants  as
disinterested  persons  for  purposes  of the  Corporation's  employee  plans.
Awards of  stock options and SARs under the  Stock Plan that the C&P Committee
determines shall  be granted with an  exercise price no less  than fair market
value on  the date  of grant  are intended  to  meet the  exception from  Code
Section 162(m)  for performance-based  compensation.   The Board is  empowered
under the  Stock Plan  to make  any amendment it  deems advisable  (except for
certain restrictions on amendments to Section 4.2),  without requiring further
shareowner  approval  (except  to  the  extent  required  by  applicable laws,
regulations or rules), including any amendments to comply with the rules under
Section 16 of the Exchange Act or Code Section 162(m).  

As described above, the selection of  the employees of the Corporation and its
affiliates who will receive  awards under the Stock  Plan and the size  of the
awards are generally to be determined by the C&P Committee  in its discretion.
Thus, it  is generally not  possible to predict  the benefits or  amounts that
will  be  received by  or allocated  to  particular individuals  or  groups of
employees in 1995.  



















                                      34








                                    <PAGE>

The following  table discloses the options and stock grants awarded to each of
the Named Executive Officers, all executive officers as a group, all directors
who are  not executive  officers  as a  group,  and all  employees,  excluding
executive   officers,   as   a   group   during   the   fiscal   year   ending
December 31, 1994.

                       AMENDED 1994 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

                                                
                           Stock Options      Stock Grants        Dollars  
Name and Position        No. of Shares (#)   
                                            No. of Shares (#)    Values($)*
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
P. J. Quigley                      210,000                 0             0 
Chairman, President & CEO

D. W. Dorman                       100,000                 0             0 
President & CEO - Pacific Bell

M. J. Fitzpatrick                   70,000                 0             0 
President & CEO -
Pacific Telesis Enterprises

J. R. Moberg                        70,000                 0             0 
Executive Vice President,
Human Resources

R. W. Odgers                        70,000                 0             0 
Executive Vice President, 
General Counsel, 
External Affairs & Secretary

All executive officers as a        630,000                 0             0 
group (7 persons)

All nonemployee directors as        18,000             1,600       $51,400 
as a group (10 persons)

All employees (excluding         6,452,800                 0             0 
executive officers) as a group
(749 persons)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

*    Dollar  value for  stock options  is based  on the  closing price  on the
     New York  Stock Exchange  - Composite  Transactions of  the Corporation's
     Common Stock  as of February 28,  1995 minus the exercise  price.  Dollar
     value  for stock  grants is based  on the  closing price on  the New York
     Stock Exchange - Composite Transactions of the Corporation's Common Stock
     on the date of grant.  


THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS A VOTE "FOR" THIS PROPOSAL.







                                      35








                                    <PAGE>

SHAREOWNER PROPOSALS

The  Corporation received the following shareowner proposals on the subject of
director compensation.   The Board  of Directors recommends  a vote  "AGAINST"
each of  the proposals  for the  reasons stated  following both  proposals and
supporting statements.

SHAREOWNER  PROPOSAL  TO  ELIMINATE  PENSIONS FOR  NEW  NONEMPLOYEE  DIRECTORS
(ITEM F ON PROXY CARD - DIRECTORS RECOMMEND A VOTE "AGAINST")

Mr. Bertram Behrens, 17300  Bismark Road, White Lake, Wisconsin  54491, record
owner of 90 shares of Common Stock, has submitted the following proposal:

    "My stockholders  proposal is a very simple - but  important - one.  It is
    this:  That  we the stockholders request that the  Board of Directors that
    beginning  with the election (by the stockholders) of any new non-employee
    directors  to the Board  of Directors no 'retirement  pay' or 'pension' be
    paid  to them.  This  is not to  apply to those presently  on the Board or
    presently receiving 'retirement pay'  or 'pension', but it is  to apply to
    any new non-employee director."

In  support  of  this  proposal,  Mr.  Behrens  has  submitted  the  following
statement:

    "This is how a director's 'retirement pay' or 'pension' is figured:

    "Upon the  latest to  occur of  (1) retirement, (2)  attaining age  65, or
    (3) disability, directors who are not employees and who have served for at
    least  three years receive pensions for life  equal to a percentage of the
    annual retainer in  effect at the time of retirement.   This percentage is
    equal to 15 percent multiplied  by the directors years of service  (not to
    exceed 100 percent).

    "This means that all  a director has to do  is to be a director  for three
    years - and  he receives 45% - for  life - of what he made  as a director!
    Boy!  Isn't that easy money!

    "And usually  a director  is not  only a  director  on one  board; he's  a
    director  on several boards.   For  example, in  the 1994  Pacific Telesis
    elections  of directors the three  non-employee directors were  all on the
    boards of other firms  in addition to Pacific Telesis.  They have it made,
    don't they?  Are we stockholders  going to continue to put up  with having
    our money go 'down the tube' like this?

    "Of course,  the directors of  Pacific Telesis are going  to scream bloody
    murder that we stockholders should vote 'no' against this proposal.   It's
    only  natural that they should want to  protect the interests of those who
    follow them in the 'club'.  Nevertheless, it does not make sense that  the
    directors - some of them  serving on three or four or more boards - should
    be receiving  'retirement  pay' or  'pension'.   We must  protect our  own
    interests as stockholders; we must vote 'yes' and pass this proposal."


SHAREOWNER PROPOSAL TO  COMPENSATE DIRECTORS SOLELY IN STOCK (ITEM  G ON PROXY
CARD - DIRECTORS RECOMMEND A VOTE "AGAINST")


                                      36








                                    <PAGE>

Mr. Chris Rossi, P. O.  Box 249, Boonville, California 95415, record  owner of
1,000 shares of Common Stock, has submitted the following proposal:

    "The Shareholders of Pacific  Telesis request the Board of  Directors take
    the  necessary steps to amend the company's governing instruments to adopt
    the  following:  Beginning  on the  1996 Pacific  Telesis fiscal  year all
    members of the Board of Director's total compensation will be  1000 shares
    of  Pacific Telesis common stock each year.   No other compensation of any
    kind will be paid."

In support of this proposal, Mr. Rossi has submitted the following statement:

    "For  many years  the Rossi  family have  been submitting  for shareholder
    vote, at this corporation  as well as other corporations,  proposals aimed
    at putting management on the same playing field as the shareholders.  This
    proposal would do just that.

    "A few corporations  have seen the  wisdom in paying  directors solely  in
    stock.  Most notably, Scott Paper and Travelers.  Ownership in the company
    is the American way.  We  feel that this method of compensation should  be
    welcomed  by anyone  who feels  they have  the ability  to direct  a major
    corporation's fortunes.

    "The directors would receive  1000 shares each  year.  If the  corporation
    does well,  the directors will make  more money in the value  of the stock
    they receive and  the dividend that  usually rise with  more profits.   If
    things go bad, they will be  much more inclined to correct things, because
    it will be coming directly out of their pockets.  Instead of the way it is
    done now, where  directors receive the  same compensation for good  or bad
    performance."

The Board of Directors recommends a vote "AGAINST" these two proposals for the
following reasons:

    The success of the  Corporation is dependent  upon not only its  employees
    but its outside directors and their talent and experience.  To attract and
    retain the best group of directors, our compensation package must be fully
    competitive.

    Directors' compensation is  made up of  four basic components:   board and
    chair retainers, board  and committee  meeting fees,  stock grants  and/or
    options,  and pension.   A  recent survey  conducted by  the Corporation's
    Executive  Compensation organization indicated  that these components were
    common  in the  directors' compensation  packages for  the seven  RHCs and
    twelve California corporations with multi-billion dollar revenue surveyed.
    Moreover,  the  aggregate  value  of  the  compensation  received  by  the
    Corporation's  nonemployee   directors  was   within  the  range   of  the
    compensation  provided  by  the  survey  companies.    Were  we  to  limit
    compensation  to 1,000 shares  per year, the  fair market value  of such a
    grant  (currently about  $30,000) would  be well  below the  average total
    compensation  package of the companies surveyed.  Eliminating the value of
    the directors' pension plan  would also lower the value  of our directors'
    total compensation package.  The result  would likely be our inability  to
    attract and retain outside directors of our current high caliber.

    THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS A VOTE "AGAINST" THESE TWO PROPOSALS.

                                      37








                                    <PAGE>

OTHER MATTERS TO COME BEFORE THE MEETING

The proxy  card, in addition to voting choices specifically marked, and unless
otherwise indicated by the shareowner,  confers discretionary authority on the
named proxy holders to vote on any  matter that properly comes before the 1995
Annual Meeting  which is not described  in these proxy materials.  At the time
this proxy statement went to  press, the Corporation knew of no  other matters
which might be presented for shareowner action at the Annual Meeting.

The  federal  proxy rules  specify what  constitutes  timely submission  for a
shareowner proposal  to be included in  the proxy statement.   If a shareowner
desires to bring business  before the meeting  which is not  the subject of  a
proposal timely submitted for inclusion in the proxy statement, the shareowner
must follow procedures outlined in the Corporation's By-Laws.  A copy of these
procedures  is available upon request  from the Secretary  of the Corporation,
130 Kearny  Street, Suite 3713, San  Francisco, California 94108.   One of the
procedural  requirements in the  By-Laws is  timely notice  in writing  of the
business the shareowner proposes to bring  before the meeting.  Notice must be
received not less than 25 days nor more than 60 days prior to the meeting.  It
should  be  noted that  these By-Law  procedures  govern proper  submission of
business to be put before a shareowner vote  and do not preclude discussion by
any shareowner of any business properly brought before the Annual Meeting.

If  a shareowner  wants  to nominate  a person  for election  to the  Board of
Directors  other than a director nominated by the Nominating Committee, notice
of the proposed nomination must be delivered  to or mailed and received by the
Secretary  of the Corporation not less  than 25 days prior to  the meeting.  A
copy  of  the  By-Law provisions  governing  the  requirements  for notice  is
available upon request from the Secretary of the Corporation.

SOLICITATION OF PROXIES

The  Corporation  will  pay all  costs  of  distribution  and solicitation  of
proxies.    Brokers,  nominees,  fiduciaries  and  other  custodians  will  be
reimbursed their  reasonable fees  and expenses  incurred in forwarding  proxy
materials to beneficial  owners.  Corporate Investor  Communications, Inc. has
been retained at an  estimated cost of $16,000, plus  reasonable out-of-pocket
expenses, to assist in the solicitation of proxies.  This solicitation will be
by mail, telephone and other means.

PROPOSALS FOR THE 1996 ANNUAL MEETING

Shareowner  proposals   intended   for  presentation   at  the   Corporation's
1996 Annual Meeting must  be received at the Corporation's principal executive
offices  no  later  than  November  21,  1995.    Proposals must  comply  with
Rule 14a-8 promulgated by the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act.











                                      38








                                    <PAGE>

MULTIPLE COPIES OF SUMMARY ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREOWNERS

The Corporation's 1994 Summary Annual Report to Shareowners has been mailed to
shareowners.  If  more than one copy  of the Summary Annual Report  is sent to
your  address, we will discontinue the mailing  of reports on the accounts you
select if  you  mark the  designated  box on  the appropriate  proxy  card(s).
Mailing of  dividends, dividend  reinvestment statements, proxy  materials and
special notices will not be affected by your election to discontinue duplicate
mailings of the Summary Annual Report to Shareowners.



By Order of the Board of Directors,


Richard W. Odgers
Executive Vice President, General Counsel,
External Affairs & Secretary



Dated:  March 14, 1995



































                                      39








                                    <PAGE>


 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------







    In accordance with Rule 14a-3(c) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
    (the "Exchange Act"), as adapted to the "Summary Annual Report" procedure,
    the  information contained  in the  following appendix (consisting  of the
    section entitled  "Annual Financial  Review") is  provided solely  for the
    information of shareowners and  of the Securities and  Exchange Commission
    (the  "SEC").   Such information  shall not  be deemed  to  be "soliciting
    material" or to be "filed" with the SEC or subject to Regulation 14A under
    the Exchange Act (except as provided in Rule 14a-3)  or to the liabilities
    of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, unless, and only to the extent that, it
    is  expressly  incorporated by  reference into  the  Form 10-K  of Pacific
    Telesis Group for its fiscal year ending December 31, 1994.








- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 





































                                   <PAGE>

                           ANNUAL FINANCIAL REVIEW
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

        MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
                           AND FINANCIAL CONDITION

OVERVIEW

Pacific  Telesis  Group  (the  "Corporation") includes  a  holding  company,
Pacific Telesis;  its  telephone  subsidiaries:     Pacific  Bell  (and  its
subsidiaries, Pacific Bell Directory, Pacific Bell Information Services, and
Pacific Bell Mobile Services)  and Nevada Bell (the "Telephone  Companies");
and several other  units.   The Telephone Companies  provide local  exchange
service, network  access, toll service, directory  advertising, and selected
information services in California and Nevada.  Pacific Bell Mobile Services
("PBMS")  was established  as a  new subsidiary  in 1994  to offer  personal
communications and other mobile telecommunications services.

The  Corporation's primary financial goal continues to be to build long-term
value  for its  shareowners.  To  build value  for our  shareowners, we have
focused  our  efforts  on   expanding  the  Corporation's  core  businesses,
investing  in  technology,  reducing  costs,  developing  new  products  and
services, and supporting changes in public policy and regulation.  

Effective  April  1,  1994, the  Corporation  spun  off  to shareowners  its
domestic and  international cellular, paging, and  other wireless operations
in a one-for-one  stock distribution of its 86 percent  interest in AirTouch
Communications, Inc. ("AirTouch").  The stock distribution was recorded as a
stock dividend from paid-in capital at the carrying amount of the net assets
of spun-off  operations.  As  a result, the  Corporation's total assets  and
shareowners'  equity were each  reduced by $2.9  billion in 1994.   With the
spin-off, the  Corporation's responsibilities terminated in  connection with
any  future  obligations  under  AirTouch's  joint  venture  agreement  with
Cellular Communications,  Inc.,  and  under  various   financial  instrument
contracts.  (See Note B - "Spun-off Operations" on page F-46.)

The  spin-off  allows the  Corporation to  continue  to invest  in  its core
businesses,  grow and  pursue  new  opportunities,  and to  compete  without
restrictions  for  licenses  in emerging  personal  communications  services
("PCS") markets.  

With   increasing  competition   for  existing   services  and   the  formal
introduction of  toll services  competition in California  effective January
1995, the Telephone Companies  face an increasingly competitive marketplace.
In response  to  the  competitive  challenge and  to  build  value  for  its
shareowners, management  is implementing  strategic initiatives  designed to
strengthen   the  Corporation's   core  businesses,  develop   new  markets,
accelerate  product  development,  and  increase  operational  efficiencies.
These  strategic initiatives and the competitive environment for each of the
Corporation's major service categories are discussed below.   Also presented
are critical public policy  issues affecting the telecommunications industry
and  the Corporation's  ability to  compete with the  same freedom  as other
service providers.




                                     F-1








                                   <PAGE>

STRATEGIC INITIATIVES

To strengthen the Corporation's core businesses, management has formulated a
strategy for Pacific Bell  known as "California First."  This investment and
marketing  strategy  is  predicated on  the  belief  that the  Corporation's
unparalleled  commitment  and  presence  in  California  provides  a  strong
competitive advantage.  The Corporation's goal is to be the vendor of choice
for telecommunications and  advanced data and  video services in  California
and Nevada and to retain and increase its customer base.
 
Investing in the Core Networks
- ------------------------------

In order  to offer the products and services customers  want, now and in the
future,  the Telephone Companies continue to  invest heavily in improvements
to their  core telephone networks.  The Telephone Companies spent a total of
$1.7 billion  on the networks  during 1994.  The  focus of these investments
has been in the advanced digital technologies discussed below:
                                                            December 31
                                                   -------------------------
Technology Deployment                                  1994           1993
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Access lines served by digital switches...............   66%            52%
Access lines with SS-7 capability.....................   95%            79%
Access lines with ISDN capability.....................   79%            60%
Miles of installed optical fiber (thousands)..........   425            375
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Digital switches and  optical fiber,  a technology using  thin filaments  of
glass  or other  transparent  materials  to  transmit  coded  light  pulses,
increase the  capacity and  reliability of  transmitted data  while reducing
maintenance costs. Signaling System 7 ("SS-7") permits faster call setup and
new custom  calling features.  Integrated Services Digital  Network ("ISDN")
allows simultaneous transmission  of voice,  video, and data  over a  single
telephone  line.  Fueled  by telecommuting, the  need for branch  offices to
access centralized computer networks, and  increased access to the Internet,
Pacific  Bell's ISDN sales increased substantially in  1994.  The growth has
come primarily in single line applications.

In 1994, Pacific Bell launched  a major program to upgrade its  core network
infrastructure    and    began    building   California's    "communications
superhighway."   This broadband  network will integrate  telecommunications,
information, and  entertainment  technologies and  provide  advanced  voice,
data,  and video services.  Using a  combination of fiber optics and coaxial
cable, Pacific Bell expects to provide broadband services to several hundred
thousand homes by the  end of 1995 and about 5.0 million homes by the end of
the  decade.   Because  the network  employs  emerging technologies  and  is
subject  to  regulatory approvals,  there can  be  no assurances  that these
services will be offered on schedule.








                                     F-2








                                   <PAGE>

In  addition  to providing  advanced  telecommunications  services, the  new
network will serve as  a platform for  other information providers and  will
offer customers  alternatives to existing  cable television providers.   The
broadband   network  also  is  expected  to  spur  the  development  of  new
interactive  consumer  services   in  education,  entertainment,   financial
services, government,  and healthcare,  such as the  Corporation's Education
First  and Healthcare Information Network programs.  It will promote capital
and   operational   cost   savings,   service   quality  improvements,   and
opportunities  to  earn additional  revenues from  an  array of  new service
possibilities.   Construction  of the  non-video components  of the  network
began in May 1994.  

In  October   1994,  the  Federal  Communications   Commission  (the  "FCC")
reaffirmed its rule that permits local exchange carriers ("LECs"), including
the  Telephone Companies, to provide a  tariffed platform ("video dialtone")
that  will deliver video programming developed by others and provide certain
other services to customers.   The FCC concluded that video dialtone  should
be  subject  to existing  price  cap rules  and  treated as  switched access
services.   In December 1993, Pacific Bell filed an application with the FCC
seeking  authority to offer video dialtone services in specific locations in
four of its  service areas:   the San Francisco Bay  Area, Los Angeles,  San
Diego, and  Orange  County.   Pacific  Bell has  urged  the FCC  to  quickly
encourage  video competition  in California  by expediting  its applications
review.  Subject to  regulatory approval, management expects to  offer video
services by mid-1996.  In July 1994, Pacific Bell signed a contract with the
first  of  many programmers  expected to  supply  video content.    Once FCC
approval is obtained,  Pacific Bell will deploy the video  components of the
advanced network.

Capital  expenditures for the Telephone Companies in 1995 are forecast to be
$1.7  billion,  excluding broadband  and PCS  costs.   This  amount includes
$1.2 billion for projects  designed to generate  revenues and the  remainder
for projects designed to  reduce costs or meet other requirements.   Capital
expenditures in 1995  and subsequent  years may increase  materially if  the
Corporation is successful in  its efforts to  obtain PCS licenses and  offer
PCS  services.    Capital   expenditures  may  also  increase  as   much  as
$2.0 billion in 1998 if the broadband network is purchased.  (See "Liquidity
and Financial  Condition" on  page  F-24.)   As part  of  its current  plan,
Pacific  Bell has  made  purchase  commitments  of  about  $380  million  in
accordance with its previously announced $1 billion program for deploying an
all-digital switching platform with ISDN and SS-7 capabilities.

Developing New Markets
- ----------------------
 
To  develop new markets  for mobile  communications services,  management is
aggressively  pursuing  licenses  for PCS  at  FCC  auctions  that began  on
December 5, 1994.  PCS  will be a digital wireless service offering mobility
for both voice and data communications.   The Corporation's PCS network will
be designed  to  connect seamlessly  to  the  wired network  to  provide  an
integrated system.  PCS  technology should allow customers to  be reachable,
wherever they  are, with a single  telephone number.  If  the Corporation is
successful in  winning PCS licenses, management  anticipates introducing PCS
services in early 1997.



                                     F-3








                                   <PAGE>

In  December 1994,  Pacific Bell  contracted with  a wireless  system design
company to perform all the radio frequency design work for the Corporation's
PCS network. Although the Corporation anticipates significant competition in
PCS, management believes that Pacific Bell's reputation for superior service
will be a competitive advantage.  

As  of  the end  of 1994,  the Corporation  began  bidding for  PCS licenses
covering California and Nevada.  Bidding will continue until no further bids
are received.  Successful bidders must  still apply to the FCC for authority
to  offer PCS  and  will  be required  to  meet  certain network  completion
schedules.

The  Corporation   is  developing   new  markets  for   home  entertainment,
information, and interactive  services.  To  help facilitate entering  these
new  markets, two  equally  owned partnerships  were  established with  Bell
Atlantic and NYNEX.  A  media company was formed  to develop a portfolio  of
branded  programming and  services.   A  technology  company was  formed  to
provide the systems  needed to drive  the delivery of this  programming over
the  telephone  companies'  proposed  video dialtone  networks.    The media
company formed  a strategic relationship with Creative  Artists Agency, Inc.
which  will  provide various  advisory and  consulting  services.   Upon FCC
approval,  the  media  company  anticipates  delivering  video  services  to
customers  through  retail affiliates  over the  video dialtone  networks in
1996.  The Corporation  expects these activities to have  start-up operating
losses through  the end of the decade. The operating losses are not expected
to have a material effect on the Corporation's earnings.

To  develop new markets in  home shopping and  information services, Pacific
Telesis  Electronic Publishing  Services, a wholly  owned subsidiary  of the
Corporation,  and  the  Los  Angeles  Times,  a  division  of  Times  Mirror
Corporation,  formed an equally owned partnership.  Services are expected to
be provided by mid-1995 to customers in the Los Angeles area.   The partners
plan to combine business information, classified and display advertisements,
editorial  and promotional  material, and  other  information into  a single
database.  Initially,  shopping assistants will provide facts about products
and  services  and  recommendations  about   accessing  the  wide  array  of
information.   In 1996, customers are expected to be able to obtain services
by  accessing the database directly  via computer.   The Corporation expects
these activities to have start-up  operating losses over the next few  years
but  anticipates profits  starting in 1998.   The  operating losses  are not
expected to have a material effect on the Corporation's earnings.

As an enhancement  to the  broadband network, the  Corporation is  exploring
wireless  cable  and  video-distribution technologies.    The  Corporation's
subsidiary, Pacific Telesis Wireless Broadband Services ("PTWBS"), has filed
applications  with the  FCC  which propose  to  provide wireless  access  to
certain  schools  in  California.    PTWBS,  in  conjunction  with   Telesis
Technologies Laboratory, another wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation,
is  currently conducting  a technology  test of  wireless video-distribution
under  an FCC  experimental license  in Riverside  County, California.   The
Corporation anticipates the trials to be completed by mid-1995.






                                     F-4








                                   <PAGE>

Developing New Products 
- -----------------------

The  Corporation  also is  responding  to  competition by  streamlining  new
product  development  to shorten  the  time between  product  conception and
market rollout.   In 1994,  Pacific Bell introduced  prepaid calling  cards,
moving  from inception  to market  in just  six months.   Pacific  Bell also
introduced  a credit card that  accumulates credits towards  the purchase of
Pacific Bell  products and  services.  Other  products in various  stages of
development  include custom  calling features,  which provide  a distinctive
ring to alert customers to incoming toll calls, and do-not-disturb features.
Also  under development  are  network management  products  that will  allow
customers  to set  up their  own internal  telephone networks  to streamline
internal  communications.    The Corporation  also  plans  an  array of  new
products to take advantage  of the increased capabilities of  Pacific Bell's
broadband network.

Reengineering Core Processes
- -----------------------------

To  improve operational  efficiencies, management  continues to  employ core
process  reengineering ("CPR").  CPR  is a method  for achieving significant
increases  in   performance  by  fundamentally  rethinking   basic  business
processes  and systems.    The Corporation's  CPR  projects will  result  in
better, faster customer  service and  will reduce costs  as the  Corporation
responds  to competition.    Some  of  the  more  significant  projects  are
summarized below.

To  increase responsiveness  and lower costs,  Pacific Bell  is establishing
new,  integrated customer  service centers.   Pacific Bell  consolidated 128
service centers  into 15 centers  in 1994.  By  1997, these will  be further
consolidated  into  five service  centers.   These  new centers  will reduce
customer   hand-offs   by   employees   due   to   the   centralization   of
responsibilities previously handled  by several  different organizations  in
different locations.  Customer-requested changes will be  less expensive and
easier to accomplish with fewer facilities.

To create  a more efficient and  reliable network, Pacific Bell  is reducing
the  number of network operations  centers from 25  to four state-of-the-art
facilities  and streamlining network management processes.  Each of the four
centers will be  responsible for network  surveillance and control,  network
provisioning and maintenance, and network reliability and quality assurance.
The new centers will reduce cycle times because of fewer hand-offs and allow
greater   concentration  of  technical  expertise   at  each  center.    The
Corporation anticipates  the consolidation of customer  service centers will
be completed by the end of 1995.

To reduce overhead  costs, Pacific Bell has initiated changes  in the use of
its real estate.  Expense savings will result from consolidating operations,
terminating leases,  and selling  surplus property.   Telecommuting, virtual
offices, and shared offices will be encouraged.

To establish service more  quickly, Pacific Bell's plant facilities  will be
dedicated to a customer's telephone line.  This new process is called "quick
dialtone."  It will require less human intervention to initiate telephone


                                     F-5








                                   <PAGE>

service and will  allow Pacific Bell  to activate service  within about  two
hours.   It will  allow  the customer  to access  certain  repair, 911,  and
business office numbers, even after service is disconnected.  Quick dialtone
will  make it easy for customers to choose Pacific Bell now, and after local
competition is authorized.

As  a  result  of  reengineering  its  processes  and  other  restructuring,
Pacific Bell reduced its  net force  by about 3,800  employees during  1994.
The Telephone Companies'  employees per ten thousand  access lines decreased
10.5 percent, a further improvement  from the 4.6 percent decrease  in 1993.
Revenues per average employee increased 4.9 percent in 1994.

Management is confident that its  strategic initiatives described above will
allow it to offer premier telecommunications  services at competitive prices
and to  remain the customer's  first choice for  telecommunications products
and services in California and Nevada.

COMPETITION

The Telephone  Companies are facing increasing competition  for existing and
new  services.  Currently,  competitors primarily  consist  of interexchange
carriers, competitive  access providers, and  wireless companies.   Soon the
Telephone  Companies  will  also  face  competition  from  cable  television
companies and others.   Management  supports the simultaneous  entry of  all
telecommunications competitors  into each others' markets.   The competitive
environments  for  the Telephone  Companies'  major  service categories  are
summarized below.

Toll Services Competition
- -------------------------

In September 1994, the  California Public Utilities Commission  (the "CPUC")
issued a decision in  the third phase of its investigation  into alternative
regulatory  frameworks.   Effective January  1,  1995, the  decision allowed
long-distance and other telecommunications  companies to officially  compete
with  Pacific  Bell  and  other   local  telephone  companies  in  providing
intra-service  area toll call services in California.   Toll calls are calls
within a customer's  service area but  beyond the local  calling area.   The
decision also rebalanced prices for services in order  to allow Pacific Bell
to be a  more effective competitor.   Rebalancing brings prices  for certain
services  closer to  the costs  of providing those  services.   The decision
lowered  intra-service area toll prices  an average of  about 40 percent and
increased  Pacific Bell's residential flat rate service from $8.35 to $11.25
per  month. Pacific  Bell's business  basic prices  increased from  $8.35 to
$10.32  per month.  In addition,  charges for intrastate access were reduced
and other prices were changed. 

The CPUC  intends the decision  to be revenue  neutral; the effect  of price
decreases would  be offset by  the effect  of price increases.   In  January
1995, the  CPUC  ordered that  the  new  rates are  subject  to  adjustment,
including  refunds  and  backcharges,  pending  its  resolution  of  various
applications for rehearing.  The CPUC has stated its intention to order such
adjustments  if necessary to maintain revenue neutrality or remedy any harm.




                                     F-6








                                   <PAGE>

The Corporation believes the decision  is based on an estimate of  growth in
demand for services due to lower toll prices that may be too optimistic.  If
actual  demand  falls short  of estimates,  toll  service revenues  would be
adversely  affected.    More  importantly, as  competition  intensifies  for
intra-service area  toll calling, there is  a risk that Pacific  Bell's toll
revenues  could be materially reduced.   Several competitors have advertised
promotional prices that  are lower  than Pacific Bell's  prices for  certain
toll-calling patterns.  However, a customer must currently dial a five-digit
access  code  to use  a  competitor's  toll services.    The Corporation  is
aggressively marketing volume discount plans to its residential and business
customers.

The CPUC  has stated  that in  May 1995  it will  begin to  consider whether
customers should  be allowed to presubscribe to a specific carrier to handle
their intra-service area toll calls.  Presubscription would allow a customer
to select a carrier without dialing  the carrier's access code.  As  part of
the  local  services  competition   procedural  plan  (see  "Local  Services
Competition" below),  the CPUC is  encouraging interested parties  to pursue
the development of a settlement agreement on presubscription by March 1995.

In Nevada,  the Public Service Commission  of Nevada ("PSCN") has  adopted a
rule change permitting limited intra-service area competition.  In September
1993, the PSCN ordered  that interexchange carriers and resellers  may offer
special  access and  certain  specialized services  such as  800/900 calling
within intra-service  areas.  The PSCN  also authorized a  one-year trial of
the  opening of certain calls to competition, including those placed through
operator services.   The PSCN will use the  trial data to decide  whether to
expand  competition for other  toll services.   The decision  is expected by
mid-1995.

Local Services Competition
- --------------------------

In December 1994, the CPUC  adopted a procedural plan to achieve  the CPUC's
and  California  Legislature's goal  of  opening local  exchange  markets to
competition by  January 1, 1997.  Opening local markets to competition would
increase  demand for,  and stimulate  private development  of, new  types of
telecommunications and video services, bringing innovative new products into
businesses, homes, and communities.   The CPUC plans to issue interim  rules
for  local competition  in June 1995.   The  CPUC is  encouraging interested
parties  to  negotiate  a settlement  of  issues  related  to opening  local
telephone  markets to competition as well  as presubscription and regulatory
framework  reform.  The  parties must issue  a progress report  by March 31,
1995.  For issues  remaining unresolved, the CPUC proposes to  address local
competition  in  three related  proceedings  which  are intended  to  remove
barriers to  competition, resolve  technical issues, and  implement consumer
protection and regulatory streamlining.  

In  January  1995,  the  CPUC  instituted  a  proceeding  to  reexamine  the
definition, objectives, and subsidy support for universal service.  The CPUC
will  report its recommendations to the California Legislature by January 1,
1996.   





                                     F-7








                                   <PAGE>

The  CPUC proposes  to adopt  specific requirements  for the  unbundling and
nondiscriminatory provision  of monopoly functions that  allow the provision
of  telecommunications services.  These  functions would be  subject to open
access  for all  telecommunications  providers. In  response  to the  CPUC's
unbundling  plan, the Corporation has  proposed separation of  the loop (the
telephone line  between a customer's  location and  the telephone  company's
central office) from the  switch (the central office equipment  that selects
the paths to be used for transmission of information). The CPUC is scheduled
to   issue  a   decision   in  first   quarter   1995  concerning   expanded
interconnection  and local transport  restructuring.  A  later decision will
adopt a  methodology to be  used for  cost studies and  may also define  the
network building blocks necessary for network unbundling.

Pacific  Bell  has been  conducting  tests and    trials with  a  variety of
industry  participants to test the  feasibility of unbundling  the loop from
the switch and of various points of interconnection.  Successful trials will
allow  competitors to connect  to Pacific Bell's network  to carry calls and
facilitate the CPUC's local competition goals.

The  CPUC  plans  to  establish  minimum  consumer  protection  requirements
applicable to  all local  service providers  by January 1997.   At  the same
time, the CPUC  will develop  plans to streamline  regulatory processes  for
initiating service offerings or changing prices.

Interstate Access Services Competition
- --------------------------------------

The  FCC ordered  large LECs,  including the  Telephone Companies,  to offer
expanded network  interconnection  for interstate  special  access  services
effective  June 1993, and for  the transport portion  of interstate switched
access services  effective February  1994.  Upon  appeal, the U.S.  Court of
Appeals for the  D.C. Circuit decided  that the FCC  lacks the authority  to
require physical collocation  and remanded to the  FCC the issue of  whether
the LECs should offer "virtual collocation" instead of physical collocation.
With virtual  collocation,  the  LECs install  and  maintain  the  equipment
dedicated for use by  the competitive access providers ("CAPs"),  and charge
the CAPs for  services.  In July 1994, the FCC  directed the LECs to provide
virtual collocation,  but exempted  LECs  from this  requirement at  central
offices where they offer physical collocation.  The Telephone Companies plan
to  continue  to  offer  physical  collocation  but  have  appealed  certain
requirements of the  FCC's order.  The portion of interstate access revenues
subject  to increased competition represents  less than five  percent of the
Telephone Companies' total revenues. 

Intrastate Access Services Competition
- --------------------------------------

In August 1993,  the CPUC issued a proposal that  would require Pacific Bell
to  offer expanded  network  interconnection for  intrastate special  access
services  and  for  the  transport  portion of  intrastate  switched  access
services.  The CPUC proposes to allow CAPs to locate transmission facilities
in Pacific Bell's central offices, adopt a new transport rate structure that





                                     F-8








                                   <PAGE>

includes  pricing   flexibility   for  dedicated   traffic,  and   authorize
competition for switched  transport services within  the state.   Intrastate
access revenues  subject to increased  competition represent less  than four
percent  of Pacific  Bell's total  revenues.   A decision  from the  CPUC is
expected in first quarter 1995.  

On January 1, 1995, Pacific Bell lowered the prices it charges interexchange
carriers  for intrastate switched access in order to remain competitive with
CAPs.   The new prices average  1.4 cents per minute-of-use  compared to the
previous rate  of  about 2.8  cents  per minute.    The price  decrease  was
authorized  by the  CPUC in  its September  1994 rate  rebalancing decision.
Resulting  decreases in  access revenues  are being  offset by  increases in
local service revenues.  (See "Toll Services Competition" on page F-6.)

Although  the Telephone Companies are facing  increasing competition for all
of  their  services, management  believes  that  a  truly open,  competitive
market,  in  which   the  Telephone  Companies  can  compete  without  undue
restrictions, offers significant opportunities to grow the business.

PUBLIC POLICY

Telecommunications policy reform  has been, and  will continue  to be,   the
subject  of much debate in Congress, the California Legislature, the courts,
the FCC,  the CPUC, and  the PSCN.   The Corporation supports  public policy
reforms  that promote  fair competition  and  ensure the  responsibility for
universal  service is shared by  all who seek  to provide telecommunications
services.   The Corporation continues  to believe  it should be  allowed the
opportunity  to  compete  in  other markets,  such  as  long-distance, cable
television programming,  and manufacturing.   Competition could  bring great
benefits to customers by giving them the opportunity to choose among service
providers, for everything from dialtone to long-distance.

Long-Distance Services Waiver
- -----------------------------

In  January 1995,  the Corporation asked  the U.S. Department  of Justice to
support a waiver of the provisions of the 1982 Consent Decree which prohibit
the Corporation from providing  long-distance services.  Long-distance calls
are calls between service areas.   This filing is consistent with the CPUC's
and   California  Legislature's   goal  of   having  full   competition  for
telecommunications  services in California.   The final decision  to grant a
waiver must be made by the U.S. District Court  for the District of Columbia
which has retained  jurisdiction over the interpretation and  enforcement of
the 1982 Consent Decree.  The waiver process could take two or more years.

Court Decision on Video Programming
- -----------------------------------

Under  the  1984 Cable  Act, the  Corporation  is currently  prohibited from
providing video programming in its service areas.  In November 1993, the







                                     F-9








                                   <PAGE>

Corporation filed  suit in the  U.S. District Court in  San Jose challenging
the constitutionality of the 1984 Cable Act's provisions.  In December 1994,
the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit overturned these provisions.
The Appellate Court's decision,  when issued,  will return the  case to  the
lower  court  for further  proceedings consistent  with  its decision.   The
ruling is  subject to  appeal to  the U.S. Supreme  Court.   The Corporation
still  needs approval  from the FCC  before it  can provide  video services.
(See "Investing in the Core Networks" on page F-2.)

Telecommunications Legislation
- ------------------------------

In 1994, the  U.S. House of Representatives  approved two telecommunications
bills  which would  have  eased certain  restrictions  imposed by  the  1982
Consent  Decree  and the  1984 Cable  Act.   Similar  legislation  with less
favorable  provisions was introduced in  the U.S. Senate  but was withdrawn.
Similar  legislation was  reintroduced in  the House  of  Representatives in
January 1995.   The Corporation expects  telecommunications legislation will
also be introduced in the Senate in 1995.

In  September 1994, Governor Wilson signed legislation directing the CPUC to
authorize fully  open competition  for intrastate long-distance  services if
federal legislation or court action amends the 1982 Consent Decree.   If not
amended  by  October  1995,  the  CPUC  must  order  Pacific  Bell  to offer
intrastate long-distance services and to  seek a waiver of the  1982 Consent
Decree.   (See  "Long-Distance Services  Waiver" above.)   The  CPUC's order
would  be subject to specific safeguards which would ensure that competitors
have  fair, nondiscriminatory, and  mutually open  access to  Pacific Bell's
exchanges and to interexchange facilities.

In  September 1994, Governor Wilson signed legislation that will allow cable
television  companies  to  offer  local  telephone   services  in  areas  of
California where  local  telephone  companies  are allowed  to  offer  video
services.

CPUC Regulatory Framework Review
- --------------------------------
 
Effective July 1994,  the CPUC issued a decision in  its scheduled review of
its incentive-based New Regulatory Framework  ("NRF").  The decision reduced
Pacific Bell's benchmark rate  of return from 13.0 percent  to 11.5 percent.
Earnings  of  11.5 percent  to  15.0  percent will  be  shared equally  with
customers.   Earnings  above 15.0  percent will be shared  30.0 percent with
customers.    The decision  also  increased  the  productivity  factor  from
4.5 percent to 5.0 percent.  A higher productivity factor reduces revenues.

Pacific   Bell  has  recommended  that  the  CPUC  move  toward  pure  price
regulation,  without  ceilings,   floors,  sharing,   exogenous  costs,   or
productivity and inflation factors.  The CPUC is scheduled to begin a review
of the NRF again in mid-1995 if parties do not settle these and other issues
involving local competition. (See "Local Services Competition" on page F-7.)






                                    F-10








                                   <PAGE>

PSCN Regulatory Framework Review
- --------------------------------

The PSCN has opened  a proceeding to consider revising  existing regulations
for  telecommunications providers.   In  April 1994,  Nevada Bell  joined an
industry  group of  interexchange  carriers and  local exchange  carriers in
proposing   to   the   PSCN   fundamental   changes   in   the   nature   of
telecommunications regulation.  The  proposal would permit competition where
it   is  in  the  public  interest  in  exchange  for  substantial  earnings
flexibility  and would also  establish guidelines  by which  all competitors
would be  regulated.   Both  the PSCN  and the  Office  of Consumer  Affairs
protested the  recommendations and submitted  an alternative proposal.   The
PSCN directed all parties to  meet and submit a proposal that  would promote
competition  while ensuring universal service.  The PSCN prepared a proposed
rule  incorporating  many  industry  suggestions  and  issued  a "Notice  of
Proposed Rulemaking"  with hearings  that began  in January  1995.   A final
decision is expected in March 1995.  

FCC Regulatory Framework Review
- -------------------------------

In 1994,  the FCC began a comprehensive review of the Local Exchange Carrier
price cap framework.  The Corporation proposed  several specific changes  to
the  current plan  including  the elimination  of  the productivity  factor,
sharing, and earnings caps.  The Corporation also proposed increased pricing
flexibility for certain  competitive services.  Other parties have advocated
increasing the productivity factor, retaining the sharing and earnings caps,
and reducing the benchmark rate  of return.  The FCC is expected to issue an
order  in  March  1995.    Any changes  to  the  plan  will  most likely  be
incorporated  into the 1995 annual access tariff filings which are scheduled
to take effect on July 1, 1995.

Management  believes that the public policies  discussed above should ensure
that service providers  get simultaneous  and equal access  to each  others'
markets; anything less  would not be fair.   A competitive advantage accrues
to any company that can  offer customers one-stop shopping for  local, toll,
and long-distance  services as a package.  It is crucial for the Corporation
to  be allowed  to offer  long-distance and  video services  when the  local
market is opened to competition.  


















                                    F-11








                                   <PAGE>

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following  discussions and data compare the results of operations of the
Corporation  for  the  periods  1994  vs.  1993,  and  1993  vs.  1992.  The
Corporation's  previous  interests  in  the operating  results  of  wireless
operations, which  were  spun off  to  shareowners  on April  1,  1994,  are
classified separately as "spun-off operations" in the accompanying financial
statements.  (See Note B  - "Spun-off Operations" on page F-46.)   The spun-
off  operations  are excluded from the reported amounts of the Corporation's
revenues and  expenses.   The Corporation's "continuing  operations" include
the Telephone Companies, along with several other units.

                                             %                %  
Operating Statistics                1994  Change     1993  Change     1992
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Return on shareowners' equity (%).  22.0            -26.3             16.1
Operating ratio (%)...............  76.3             92.8             77.1
Revenues per average 
  employee ($ in thousands).......   172     4.9      164     5.1      156
Telephone Companies' employees per
  ten thousand access lines*......  31.6   -10.5     35.3    -4.6     37.0
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*  excludes Pacific Bell Directory employees

The Corporation's  1994 earnings  and earnings per  share, excluding  income
from spun-off  operations, increased  $2.7 billion and  $6.38, respectively.
Results for 1994 include an after-tax charge of about $29 million at Pacific
Bell due to a CPUC order related to customer late payment charges.  In 1993,
results were reduced by after-tax charges of about $2.7 billion for adopting
new  accounting  rules, restructuring  charges,  and  other one-time  items.
Without  these 1993  charges  and excluding  one-time  items in  each  year,
earnings  from continuing operations for 1994 would have increased about 4.5
percent.  

Looking  ahead,   management  expects  that  the   effects  of  toll-service
competition and a CPUC-ordered revenue reduction, coupled with dilution from
initial  costs for wireless and interactive video services, will create some
pressure on the Corporation's current earnings level.  In the long-term, the
core  telephone  business performance  is expected  to  improve due  to cost
reduction  efforts, growth  prospects, strategic initiatives,  and continued
recovery  of  the  California  economy.    These  prospects  should  provide
opportunity for stronger earnings.

In 1993,  the Corporation's  reported earnings  decreased $2.6 billion  from
1992.   Results applicable to  continuing operations for  1993 included $1.7
billion, or $4.16  per share, in after-tax charges  relating to the adoption
of  new accounting  rules  for postretirement  and postemployment  benefits.
Results from  continuing operations for  1993 also included  a restructuring
charge  relating to  Pacific Bell's  planned force  reductions, and  several
other restructuring charges.  The restructuring  charges reduced earnings by
$861 million, or $2.08 per share.  In addition, 1992 earnings included about
$37 million  in one-time items  related to  prior years.   Without the  1993
charges and  other one-time  items in both  years, 1993 earnings  would have
decreased slightly.



                                    F-12








                                   <PAGE>

Volume Indicators
- -----------------
                                            %                 %  
                                   1994  Change     1993   Change    1992 
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Customer switched access lines
  in service at December 31
  (thousands).................   15,298     2.9   14,873      2.2  14,551 
Carrier access minutes-
  of-use (millions)...........   53,486     7.7   49,674      6.1  46,800 
  - Interstate................   31,604     8.0   29,265      6.8  27,403 
  - Intrastate................   21,882     7.2   20,409      5.2  19,397 
Toll messages (millions)......    4,485     5.0    4,272      2.7   4,158 
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

The  Corporation is seeing continued improvement in volume indicators due to
economic recovery in  California and  record access line  growth in  Nevada.
The  number of  access lines in  service increased  2.9 percent in  1994, an
improvement  over the 2.2 percent increase  in 1993.   The 1994 increase was
primarily  attributable   to  the  economic  recovery   and  Pacific  Bell's
promotional efforts to  increase the  number of households  with two  lines.
The Telephone  Companies' residential access  line growth rate  increased to
2.1  percent in  1994, up  from 1.4  percent in  1993.   The growth  rate in
business access lines climbed to 4.3 percent in 1994, up from 3.6 percent in
1993.   Pacific Bell's  business Centrex  lines grew 10.3  percent in  1994,
fueled by businesses  focusing on networking multiple locations and disaster
preparedness.

Access   minutes-of-use  represent   the  volume   of  traffic   carried  by
interexchange carriers  over the Telephone Companies' local networks.  Total
access  minutes-of-use increased by 7.7 percent in 1994, an improvement over
the 6.1 percent increase in 1993.  The increase in access minutes-of-use was
attributable primarily to economic growth which increased network usage.

Toll messages  include Message Telecommunications Services, Optional Calling
Plans,  WATS,  and terminating  800 messages.    Toll messages  increased by
5.0 percent in  1994  compared  to  an  increase of  2.7  percent  in  1993.
Unauthorized  competition,  particularly  in  WATS  and  800  services,  has
constrained the growth rate in Pacific Bell's toll  messages compared to the
growth rate in intrastate carrier access minutes-of-use.

The  CPUC formally  authorized  competition in  the intra-service  area toll
market effective  January 1995.  As  a result, Pacific Bell  lowered average
prices  for intra-service area toll services approximately 40 percent.  Toll
messages  are expected  to  increase due  to  lower  prices.   However,  the
increase  is expected to be  at least partially  offset by the  loss of some
toll business to competition.  Although competition may reduce the number of
toll messages carried by Pacific Bell,  it also has the effect of increasing
access minutes-of-use.  (See "Toll Services Competition" on page F-6.)








                                    F-13








                                   <PAGE>

Operating Revenues
- ------------------

($ millions)                     1994   Change      1993   Change     1992
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total operating revenues...... $9,235      -$9    $9,244     $136   $9,108
                                             -               1.5%
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

In 1994,  total operating  revenues decreased reflecting  revenue reductions
ordered  by the CPUC and the  FCC under price cap  regulation.  In addition,
revenues were reduced  by accruals  at the Telephone  Companies for  sharing
interstate  earnings with customers.   The FCC and  state regulators require
the sharing  of earnings above a  threshold rate of  return.  Pacific Bell's
revenues also  were reduced due to  a CPUC refund order  related to customer
late  payment charges.   Revenues were further  reduced by a  July 1994 CPUC
decision  which increased the productivity  factor of the  price cap formula
from 4.5 percent to 5.0 percent.  (See "CPUC Regulatory Framework Review" on
page  F-10.)  These and other miscellaneous reductions were partially offset
by revenue increases due to customer demand.

Factors affecting revenue changes are summarized below:

                                                                    Total
                    Price              Late  Produc-               Change
                      Cap  Sharing  Payment   tivity       Customer  from
($ millions)       Orders Accruals   Refund   Factor  Other  Demand  1993
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Local service.....  -$ 51                       -$ 9   -$49    $ 87  -$22
Network access
  Interstate......    -12     -$56                       -5      63   -10
  Intrastate......    -16                         -3     -4      74    51
Toll service......    -40                         -7      7     -12   -52
Other service
  revenues........                     -$27              -2      53    24
                   ------  -------  -------  ------- ------ ------- --------
Total operating
  revenues........  -$119     -$56     -$27     -$19   -$53    $265  -$ 9
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Local service revenues include basic monthly service fees and usage charges.
Fees and charges for custom calling features, coin phones, installation, and
service connections are  also included in this category.   The 1994 increase
in local service revenues due to customer demand in the above table reflects
increased customer access lines.

Network  access revenues  reflect charges to  interexchange carriers  and to
business and  residential customers for  access to the  Telephone Companies'
local networks.  The 1994 increase in interstate network access revenues due
to customer demand reported above reflects increased carrier access







                                    F-14








                                   <PAGE>

minutes-of-use,  as well  as  increased  access  lines.    The  increase  in
intrastate network  access revenues  due  to customer  demand also  reflects
growth in carrier access minutes-of-use.

Toll  service revenues  include  charges for  long-distance services  within
service  area boundaries.    Unauthorized competition  reduced toll  service
revenues in 1994.  However, this reduction was partially offset by increased
access charges paid by competitors to complete toll calls over the Telephone
Companies' local networks.  

Other  service revenues are generated  from a variety  of services including
directory  advertising,  information services,  and  billing and  collection
services  provided by the Telephone  Companies.  Other  service revenues for
1994 include an  increase in  information service revenues  of $28  million,
chiefly due to the  success of Pacific Bell's business and residential voice
mail products.   Customer voice processing units in service  at Pacific Bell
increased 37 percent in 1994.

In  1993,  total  operating  revenues  increased  reflecting net  growth  in
customer demand and a CPUC order granting partial recovery of Pacific Bell's
higher costs due to new accounting  rules for postretirement benefits.  Also
contributing to the year-over-year increase was a  refund in 1992 ordered by
the CPUC related  to the  treatment of enhanced  services development  costs
which lowered  Pacific Bell's comparative  1992 revenues.   These  increases
were partially  offset by a $120  million rate reduction from  the 1993 CPUC
price cap order.

Looking ahead, the CPUC ordered a $232 million revenue reduction for 1995 as
a  result of Pacific Bell's annual price  cap filing.  The ordered reduction
includes a decrease  of $161  million because the  5.0 percent  productivity
factor of  the price cap formula  exceeded the growth in  the Gross Domestic
Product Index by  2.4 percent.  The order also included  several other items
that will decrease revenues by an  additional $71 million.  In addition, the
CPUC ordered a rebalancing of  prices effective January 1995.  As  a result,
1995  revenues will shift between  service categories.   (See "Toll Services
Competition" on page F-6.)

In June 1994, the FCC accepted the Telephone Companies' annual access tariff
filings under price cap regulation.   As a result, the Telephone  Companies'
interstate  network  access  revenues  will be  reduced  about  $30  million
annually  beginning  July 1,  1994.   Pacific  Bell's decrease  reflects the
application  of the  price cap  formula, increased  support payments  to the
National  Exchange Carrier Association, and an $8 million price reduction to
help it remain competitive with other access providers.













                                    F-15








                                   <PAGE>

Operating Expenses
- ------------------

($ millions)                      1994   Change     1993   Change    1992
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total operating expenses......  $7,041  -$1,541   $8,582   $1,557  $7,025 
                                         -18.0%             22.2%
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

The decrease in total operating expenses for 1994 reflects the Corporation's
continuing cost  reduction efforts and resulting  expense savings, primarily
at  Pacific Bell.  Without restructuring  charges of $1,431 million in 1993,
expenses for 1994 would have decreased 1.5 percent.
                                                                
                            Pacific Bell Expenses                     Total 
                           (excluding subsidiaries)                     PTG
                           ------------------------      Other       Change
                        Salaries Employee                 PTG          from
($ millions)            & Wages  Benefits     Other     Entities       1993
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cost of products and
  services.............   -$56       -$24    $   28         $ 23    -$   29
Customer operations and 
  selling expenses.....    -11         -1        51           21         60
General, administrative,
  and other expenses...    -10        -36      -154            8       -192
Restructuring charges..      -          -      -977         -454     -1,431
Depreciation and
  amortization.........      -          -        48            3         51
                       --------    -------   -------      ------     ------
Total operating 
  expenses.............   -$77       -$61   -$1,004        -$399    -$1,541
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

The 1994  Pacific Bell  decreases in salary  and wage  expense and  employee
benefits are primarily due to force reductions.  Without Pacific Bell's 1993
restructuring charge, other expenses would have decreased $27 million.  This
restructuring charge was recorded to recognize the incremental cost of force
reductions associated  with restructuring  Pacific Bell's  internal business
processes  through   1997.     Pacific  Bell's   decrease  in   general  and
administrative  expense in  its  other expenses  was  primarily due  to  $73
million in regulatory  and other adjustments in 1993, a $44 million decrease
in 1994 costs  for contracted programmers and plant laborers,  and a reclass
of certain vendor  expenses.  Pacific Bell  hired fewer programmers in  1994
due to  the completion of a  billing system enhancement project  in 1993 and
fewer contract plant laborers  were utilized in  1994 due to more  favorable
weather conditions.  The decrease in the other PTG entities expense reflects
other 1993 restructuring charges.  (See "Status of Reserves" on page F-21.)









                                    F-16








                                   <PAGE>

For  1993,  the  increase  in  total  operating  expenses  reflects  pre-tax
restructuring charges recorded by the Corporation totaling $1,431 million.  
The  largest of the restructuring  charges was to  recognize the incremental
cost of  force reductions associated  with Pacific Bell's  restructuring its
internal  business processes through 1997. (See "Status of Reserves" on page
F-21.)  Without these charges and other one-time  items, 1993 expenses would
have increased slightly compared to 1992.

Salary and Wage Expense 

($ millions)                      1994   Change     1993   Change    1992
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Salary and wage expense........ $2,291     -$90   $2,381     $124  $2,257 
                                          -3.8%              5.5%
Employees-average during year.. 53,556    -4.8%   56,233    -3.8%  58,436 
Employees-end of year.......... 51,590    -6.8%   55,355    -2.9%  57,023 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------

Salary  and wage  expense  is  the  largest  component  of  total  operating
expenses.   At Pacific Bell, including subsidiaries, salary and wage expense
decreased $88 million  in 1994,  primarily as  a result  of a  net workforce
reduction  of  about  3,800  employees.   In  addition,  overtime  decreased
$35 million primarily because of extensive storm  repairs necessary in 1993.
The effect of Pacific Bell's  declining workforce was partially offset  by a
$12 million  increase related to higher compensation rates.  The Corporation
expects salary and wage expense to decline further in 1995  due to continued
force reduction programs.  (See "Status  of Reserves" on page F-21.)  Future
salary  and wage expense  will be affected  by the  renegotiation of Pacific
Bell's union contracts which expire in August 1995.

In 1993,  Pacific Bell's salary and wage expense increased $74 million.  The
increase  reflects higher compensation rates of $73 million primarily due to
a nonsalaried wage  increase and a $38 million increase  in overtime pay for
extended  customer service hours, partially offset by a $55 million decrease
due to fewer employees.






















                                    F-17








                                   <PAGE>

Depreciation and Amortization

($ millions)                      1994   Change    1993    Change    1992
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Depreciation and amortization.. $1,787      $51  $1,736       $26  $1,710 
                                           2.9%              1.5%
Depreciation as a percent of
  average depreciable 
  plant (%)....................    7.0              6.9               6.9 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------

Depreciation  expense in  1994  increased  due  to  higher  telephone  plant
balances,  a change  in  the composition  of  the Corporation's  plant,  and
increased   depreciation  rates   prescribed   by   regulators.      Network
modernization programs have caused higher telephone plant balances resulting
in  higher  depreciation  expense.   Higher  interstate  depreciation  rates
prescribed  by  the  FCC  increased the  Telephone  Companies'  depreciation
expense  by  approximately  $10 million  annually.    Under  incentive-based
regulation,  the Telephone Companies  are not  granted revenue  recovery for
increased depreciation expense.

Looking ahead, new intrastate  depreciation rates authorized by the  CPUC in
December  1994   will  increase  Pacific  Bell's   depreciation  expense  by
approximately $30 million  annually effective January 1, 1995.   As a result
of the Corporation's strategic  initiatives, projected capital investment is
expected  to continue to increase telephone plant levels resulting in higher
depreciation expense in future years.

The increase in depreciation  and amortization expense for 1993  reflects an
expanded plant  base at the  Telephone Companies resulting  from accelerated
network modernization.

Other Employee-Related Expenses
                                            %                 %
($ millions)                      1994   Change    1993    Change    1992 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Postretirement benefits........   $247      2.5    $241     127.4    $106 
Healthcare and life
  insurance benefits
  of active employees..........   $226     -1.3    $229      -4.2    $239 
Other benefits.................   $ 62    -51.9    $129     -11.6    $146 
Payroll taxes..................   $175     -2.8    $180       4.0    $173 
Pensions.......................   $ 26     85.7    $ 14       7.7    $ 13 
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Increases in the  level of postretirement benefits expense  in 1994 and 1993
over the  level of  1992 reflect  the Corporation's higher  costs under  new
accounting rules adopted  in 1993.   (See "Cumulative  Effect of Prior  Year
Accounting Changes" on page F-20.)  

The decrease in other benefits expense  for 1994 to $62 million is primarily
due to  Pacific Bell's continued force reduction  programs and miscellaneous
adjustments totaling $36 million to true-up certain benefit liabilities.  




                                    F-18








                                   <PAGE>

Interest Expense
- ----------------
                                            %                 %  
($ millions)                     1994    Change    1993    Change    1992
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest expense:
  Long-term debt...............
                                 $423      -6.0    $450      -6.2    $480 
  Short-term debt.............      5     -72.2      18     -30.8      26 
  LESOP trust.................        
                                   19      -5.0      20     -25.9      27 
  Other obligations...........        
                                    8     -61.9      21     177.8     -27 
                                 ----              ----              ---- 
Total.........................   $455     -10.6    $509       0.6    $506 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------

The  decrease in interest expense  for 1994 reflects  reduced borrowings and
lower interest rates.  Interest on  long-term debt at Pacific Bell decreased
$29  million, including an $18 million reduction related to higher borrowing
levels  in 1993  and $11  million  in savings  due to  lower interest  rates
resulting from refinancings.  Long-term debt levels  were temporarily higher
in  1993 due to time-lags between new  debt issuances and the retirements of
refinanced amounts.  The Corporation's interest on its short-term borrowings
also decreased, due  to reduced  borrowings in  1994.   Interest expense  on
other  obligations in 1994 decreased in  comparison to the 1993 amount which
had included interest from a CPUC-ordered refund of cellular pre-operational
and  development expenses.  This  decrease was partially  offset by interest
expense related to the CPUC's late payment charges decision in 1994.  

Interest  expense for 1993  reflects lower  interest rates  than in  1992 on
long-  and short-term  debt, along  with a  reduction in  average short-term
borrowings and reduced principal associated with the Corporation's leveraged
employee  stock ownership  plan ("LESOP")  trust.   However, total  interest
expense increased  in comparison  to 1992.   Interest  expense for  1992 was
reduced by a reversal of $30 million of interest accrued in prior years, for
which related contingencies were resolved.

Miscellaneous Income
- --------------------

($ millions)                      1994   Change     1993   Change    1992
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Miscellaneous income..........     $55       $7      $48    -$154    $202 
                                          14.6%            -76.2% 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net miscellaneous income in 1994 increased in comparison to  the 1993 amount
which had included increased  debt refinancing costs  at Pacific Bell.   The
increase in miscellaneous  income was partially  offset by reduced  interest
income  earned on  intercompany advances  to AirTouch  which were  repaid in
1993.  (See Note J - "Related Party Transactions" on page F-62.)   








                                    F-19








                                   <PAGE>

The  decrease  in  miscellaneous income  in  1993  reflects  a $108  million
reduction in interest income.  Interest income in 1992 included $70  million
of  interest relating  to  a Summary  Assessment  refund received  from  the
Internal  Revenue  Service (the  "IRS") that  year.   In  addition, interest
income earned during 1993  on intercompany advances to AirTouch  declined to
$20 million  from $46 million in the  prior year.  Also  contributing to the
decrease in  net miscellaneous  income  was an  increase of  $23 million  in
refinancing  costs relating  to the  early retirement  of long-term  debt by
Pacific Bell.

Income Taxes
- ------------

($ millions)                     1994     Change   1993     Change   1992
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income taxes..................   $658       $648    $10      -$596   $606 
                                               -            -98.3%
Effective tax rate (%)........   36.7               5.0              34.1 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------

The  increase in  income taxes  for 1994  reflects the  Corporation's higher
pre-tax income.

The 1993 decrease in  income taxes reflects the Corporation's  lower pre-tax
income that  year.   The amount  of investment tax  credit amortization  and
reversals of  fixed asset  related items  in relation  to the lower  pre-tax
income for 1993 contributed to the reduced effective tax rate.

Cumulative Effect of Prior Year Accounting Changes
- --------------------------------------------------

Effective January 1,  1993, the Corporation  adopted Statement of  Financial
Accounting  Standards   ("SFAS")  No.   106,   "Employers'  Accounting   for
Postretirement  Benefits Other  than  Pensions," and  SFAS 112,  "Employers'
Accounting for Postemployment Benefits."   These new rules require  a change
from the  cash to the  accrual method of  accounting for  these costs.   The
cumulative effects of applying  the new rules to prior years were recognized
during 1993 by one-time noncash charges applicable to continuing operations
totaling  $1.724 billion.    The charges  are  net  of  deferred income  tax
benefits of  $1.155 billion.    The Corporation  was unable  to defer  these
charges under the criteria for recognizing a regulatory asset under SFAS 71,
"Accounting for the Effects of Certain Types of Regulation."  Pacific Bell's
higher  costs under SFAS 106 have been partially recovered through increased
revenues  of $100 and $108 million granted  by regulators for 1994 and 1993,
respectively.  Therefore, the  Corporation's higher SFAS 106 costs  have not
materially  affected reported earnings.   The annual  periodic expense under
SFAS  112 does  not differ materially  from expense under  the prior method.
(See "Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions" on page F-28.)









                                    F-20








                                   <PAGE>

Status of Reserves
- ------------------

In recent years,  the Corporation  has established a  number of reserves  to
record  the effects of discontinuing  or restructuring certain  parts of its
business.

In 1990, a $100 million reserve was established to record expected losses on
the disposal of the Corporation's real  estate subsidiary's assets.  Due  to
the effects of the prolonged recession  in California on real estate values,
this reserve was increased by $347 million  in 1993.  In December 1994,  the
Corporation's real  estate subsidiary sold  substantially all of  its assets
for approximately  $160 million.   Charges to  the reserve  in 1994  totaled
$287 million, $248 million for losses on sale of its assets  and $39 million
for  operating losses.  Management believes the remaining reserve balance of
$51 million  is adequate to cover  any contingent costs  associated with the
sale.  

In 1991, a $203 million  reserve was established for the cost  of management
force reduction programs through 1994.  A balance of $77 million remained at
the end  of 1993.  An  additional $1,020 million reserve  was established in
December  1993 to record the incremental cost of force reductions associated
with restructuring Pacific  Bell's business  processes through  1997.   This
restructuring will allow Pacific Bell to eliminate more than 14,000 employee
positions by the end of  1997.  After considering new positions  expected to
be  created,  a   net  reduction  of   approximately  10,000  positions   is
anticipated.     Pacific  Bell   also  expects  to   relocate  approximately
10,000 employees as  it consolidates  business offices, network  facilities,
installation and collection centers, and other operations.

Under  the restructuring  plan,  Pacific Bell,  excluding subsidiaries,  had
anticipated gross force reductions of approximately 2,700 employees in 1994.
However, Pacific Bell's  actual 1994 gross force  reduction was 5,852.   The
excess primarily  represents  pension-eligible employees  who took advantage
of  favorable discount  rates coupled  with early  retirement  incentives to
leave the  business in 1994.  After new  hires, the net reduction was 4,128.
Pacific  Bell  now expects  gross force  reductions  in 1995  will  be about
3,000 employees,  rather than  the 5,500 previously  forecast.   Gross force
reductions  for   the  restructuring  period  are  not  expected  to  differ
materially from the original forecast, although the timing of the reductions
may vary depending on  the outcome of labor contract  negotiations and other
variables.















                                    F-21








                                   <PAGE>

Due to the higher force reductions, estimated 1994 expense  savings from the
restructuring  of $187  million  exceeded  the  original estimate  by  about
$20 million.   Charges to the reserve totaled $278 million, $52 million more
than the original estimate of $226 million.  Of this amount, severance costs
of $170 million exceeded the original  $120 million estimate by $50 million;
systems  costs  of  $92  million were  $2  million  less  than  the original
$94 million  estimate; and  facilities  consolidation costs  of $16  million
exceeded the  original $12 million estimate  by $4 million.   The overrun in
severance  costs  reflects  the   larger  than  expected  force  reductions.
Severance  costs  include  $62  million  of  costs for  enhanced  retirement
benefits paid from pension fund assets which  do not require current outlays
of the Corporation's funds.  Pension plan gains offsetting the 1994 loss are
expected  in  1995  through  1997  as  more  force  reductions  occur  under
nonpension-related offerings.

Because of  the acceleration of force  reductions into 1994, charges  to the
restructuring reserve in 1995  are expected to be approximately  $50 million
less than the  $436 million previously  forecast.  Also included  in Pacific
Bell's reserve were estimated costs of $280 million in 1996 and $155 million
in  1997.   Actual costs are  not expected  to differ  materially from these
estimates.  

Savings  in  1995,  primarily in  labor  costs  from  force reductions,  are
expected  to slightly  exceed  1995 restructuring  costs.   Annual  savings,
primarily in labor  costs, are  expected to reach  approximately $1  billion
when the restructuring is completed.

Other  reserves were recorded  in 1993 and  1992 related to  the spin-off of
AirTouch  and the  Corporation's withdrawal from,  or restructuring  of, its
cable and customer premises  equipment businesses.  The $68  million balance
in  these reserves remaining  at the end  of 1994 is  comprised primarily of
reserves for expected losses on the sale of cable interests.

























                                    F-22








                                   <PAGE>

The table below sets forth the status and activity of these reserves.

($ millions)                               1994         1993        1992 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Reserve for discontinuing real
  estate operations:
    Balance - beginning of year....      $  338       $   33      $   75 
    Additions......................           -          347           - 
    Charges: (cash outlays)........         (39)         (42)        (42)
             (noncash).............        (248)           -           - 
                                         ---------------------------------
    Balance - end of year..........      $   51       $  338      $   33 
                                         =================================
Reserve for force reductions and
  restructuring:
    Balance - beginning of year....      $1,097       $  101      $  165 
    Additions......................           -        1,020           - 
    Charges: (cash outlays)........        (216)         (24)        (64)
             (noncash).............         (62)           -           - 
                                         ---------------------------------
    Balance - end of year..........      $  819       $1,097      $  101 
                                         =================================
Other reserves:
    Balance - beginning of year....      $   90       $   27      $    9 
    Additions......................           -          107          18 
    Charges  (cash outlays)........         (22)         (44)          - 
                                         ---------------------------------
    Balance - end of year..........      $   68       $   90      $   27 
==========================================================================




























                                    F-23








                                   <PAGE>

LIQUIDITY AND FINANCIAL CONDITION

The  Corporation defines liquidity as  its ability to  generate resources to
finance  business  expansion,  construct  capital assets,  pay  its  current
obligations, and  pay dividends.  The  Corporation has been meeting  most of
its financing needs  from internally  generated funds, but  can also  obtain
external  financing through  the issuance  of common  stock, and  short- and
long-term debt, if needed.  The Corporation expects to continue to meet most
of its long-term  financing needs  for its capital  program from  internally
generated funds.  

With  increasing competition  in the  coming years, Pacific  Bell's internal
sources of  cash could be reduced  from historical levels.   Any decision to
seek debt and equity in the capital markets would have to be balanced by the
Corporation's  desire to  maintain  strong credit  ratings  as well  as  the
objective of minimizing dilution of the interests of existing shareowners.

In  December 1994,  Pacific  Bell  contracted  for the  purchase  of  up  to
$2 billion  of  broadband  network  facilities  which  incorporate  emerging
technologies.  Pacific Bell has committed to purchase the facilities in 1998
if  they  meet  certain  quality  and  performance  criteria.    Under  this
arrangement, the Corporation's capital expenditures for broadband deployment
and related long-term  financing requirements  are expected  to be  deferred
until 1998.  The  Corporation intends to lease certain  operational portions
of the facilities prior to 1998 during the construction period.  

The Corporation is an equal partner with Bell Atlantic and NYNEX in  two new
companies  formed   to  deliver   nationally  branded  home   entertainment,
information,  and  interactive  services.    To  fund  these  ventures,  the
Corporation  will be  required to  contribute approximately $100  million in
cash over the next three years.  (See "Developing New Markets" on page F-3.)

Short-term borrowings  are available under  a commercial  paper program  and
through  unused  lines of  credit.   These lines  of  credit are  subject to
continuing review  by the lending banks.   At December 31,  1994, the unused
lines of credit available totaled approximately $2.2 billion.  

For longer-term borrowings,  Pacific Bell has  remaining authority from  the
CPUC to issue up to $1.25 billion  of long- and intermediate-term debt.  The
proceeds  may be used  only to redeem  maturing debt and  to refinance other
debt issues.  Pacific  Bell has remaining authority from  the Securities and
Exchange Commission  (the "SEC") to  issue up to  $650 million of  long- and
intermediate-term debt through a shelf registration filed in April 1993.  In
addition,  PacTel Capital Resources ("PTCR") may issue up to $192 million of
medium-term notes through a shelf registration on file with the SEC.

The Corporation intends to  use a combination of internally  generated funds
and external financing to initially fund  PCS licenses if it is a successful
bidder at the FCC auctions  that began on December 5, 1994.  The Corporation
cannot predict if it will be a successful bidder,  and, if so, what the cost
of these licenses will be.  (See "Developing New Markets" on page F-3.)






                                    F-24








                                   <PAGE>

The following are bond and commercial paper ratings for  the Corporation and
its subsidiaries:  
                                                      |      Long- and
                                                      |  Intermediate-Term
                     Commercial Paper                 |         Debt     
- ------------------------------------------------------|-------------------
                          Pacific                     |
                          Telesis             Pacific |            Pacific
                           Group      PTCR      Bell  |   PTCR       Bell 
- ------------------------------------------------------|-------------------
Moody's Investors                                     |       
  Services, Inc.......... Prime-1   Prime-1   Prime-1 |     A1        Aa3 
Standard & Poor's                                     |       
  Corporation............   A-1       A-1       A-1+  |     A+        AA- 
Duff and Phelps, Inc.....    -         -      Duff 1+ |     -         AA  
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------

The above ratings  reflect the views of the rating  agencies and are subject
to  change.   The  ratings should  be  evaluated independently  and  are not
recommendations to buy, sell, or hold the securities of the Corporation.  

The Corporation holds an equity  swap contract to hedge its exposure  to the
risk of market  changes related  to its recorded  liability for  outstanding
employee stock  options  for  AirTouch  common stock  and  associated  stock
appreciation rights.   (See Note G  - "Stock Options  and Stock Appreciation
Rights" on  page F-57.)   Off-balance-sheet  risk exists  to the extent  the
market price of AirTouch stock rises above the market price reflected in the
liability's current carrying  value. The  equity swap was  entered to  hedge
this exposure and  minimize the impact  of market fluctuations.   The equity
swap  itself  involves  certain off-balance-sheet  risks.    (See  Note I  -
"Financial Instruments" on page F-60.)

The   Corporation's  adoption   of   SFAS  106   and  SFAS   112,  effective
January 1, 1993,  increased  other noncurrent  liabilities by  $2.9 billion.
Deferred income  tax liabilities  were reduced by  $1.2 billion  due to  the
related  tax benefits,  resulting  in  a  net  increase  to  liabilities  of
$1.7 billion upon adopting these two new accounting standards.

Cash From Operating Activities
- ------------------------------

($ millions)                      1994   Change     1993   Change     1992
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash from operating activities
  of continuing operations....  $2,947     $220   $2,727     -$80   $2,807 
                                           8.1%             -2.9% 
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

The increase  in 1994  cash from  operating activities  is primarily  due to
timing differences in the payment of accounts payable and other liabilities.
A  $72 million reduction  in  the  amount  of interest  paid  in  1994  also
contributed to the increase.





                                    F-25








                                   <PAGE>

The decrease in 1993 cash from operating activities was primarily due to the
Corporation's receipt in the prior year of a one-time refund of $185 million
from the IRS.   This refund recovered a 1987  Summary Assessment payment and
raised 1992 cash from operating activities in relation to 1993. 

Cash Used For Investing Activities
- ----------------------------------

($ millions)                      1994   Change      1993  Change     1992
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash used by continuing 
operations for investing
activities....................  $1,502    -$637    $2,139    -$56   $2,195 
                                         -29.8%             -2.6% 
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

The  decrease in cash used by continuing operations for investing activities
during  1994 reflects  the  Corporation's net  cash  investment in  spun-off
operations during 1993  of $356  million which raised  the comparative  1993
amount in relation to 1994.   (See Note J - "Related Party Transactions"  on
page  F-62.) The  decrease  was  also due  partially  to  delays in  capital
expenditures and  the receipt of $112 million in cash in connection with the
Corporation's selling substantially  all of  its assets in  its real  estate
subsidiary  during December  1994.   These  decreases were  partially offset
during 1994 by the payment  of a $56 million refundable deposit  for bidding
on PCS licenses.

In  1994,  the  Telephone  Companies  made  capital  expenditures  of  about
$1.7 billion.  (See "Investing in the Core Networks" beginning on page F-2.)

During  January 1994, the Corporation sold its remaining cable franchises in
the United Kingdom after selling four others in March 1993.   Sales proceeds
of $30 and $49 million, respectively, in 1994 and 1993 are reflected in cash
provided from other investing activities.

The  decrease  in  1993  cash  used  for  investing  activities  reflects  a
$43 million reduction  in  net cash  investments in  spun-off operations  in
relation to 1992.  The decrease also reflects smaller additions to property,
plant,  and equipment.  Although  1993 capital expenditures  by Pacific Bell
increased about  $160 million, cash used  for additions to  property, plant,
and  equipment decreased  by $25 million  in comparison  to 1992.   The 1992
additions  increased  by  about  $100  million  due  to   the  Corporation's
assumption of the remaining interest in a real estate partnership.














                                    F-26








                                   <PAGE>

Cash Used For Financing Activities
- ----------------------------------

($ millions)                     1994    Change     1993    Change    1992
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash used by continuing 
operations for financing 
activities...................  $1,379      $786     $593      -$15    $608 
                                        
                                         132.5%              -2.5%
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

The increase  in cash used  for financing activities during  1994 reflects a
reduction of  $699  million in  issuances  of treasury  stock  in 1994  from
$728 million at cost in 1993.   In 1993, these issuances  primarily included
additional  equity raised from discounted stock  purchases offered under the
Corporation's dividend reinvestment and stock purchase plan.  The additional
dividends reinvested under this offer also reduced the cash requirements for
dividend payments in 1993 in comparison to both 1994 and 1992.  In addition,
the 1994 increase  in cash  used for financing  activities reflects  greater
repayments of short-term  borrowings.  During  1994 and 1993,  respectively,
$588 and $473 million was used to pay down short-term borrowing levels.

In 1993,  net cash used  for financing activities  decreased slightly.   The
increased proceeds  from treasury  stock issuances discussed  above, coupled
with the reduced  cash requirements  for 1993 dividend  payments, more  than
offset a $624 million  comparative decrease in cash derived  from short-term
borrowings. 

Long-term  borrowing activity, excluding  spun-off operations,  included the
following issuances and redemptions:

                           Interest            Maturity        Principal
($ millions)                  Rate               Date            Amount 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Issuances:  
   1994............              6.96%               2006       $   10  
   1993............   6.25% to   7.50%       2005 to 2043       $2,650  
   1992............   7.00% to   7.75%       2002 to 2032       $  929  

Retirements:
   1994............             9.250%               2008       $   12  
   1993............  6.125% to  9.625%       1993 to 2030       $2,624  
   1992............  5.125% to  9.875%       1993 to 2019       $  973  
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------

The  Corporation's debt ratio  improved to 49.6  percent as of  December 31,
1994,  from 53.8  percent  as  of  December  31,  1993,  excluding  spun-off
operations,  reflecting the lower level  of overall debt.   Pre-tax interest
coverage was 4.9 times for 1994.   In 1993, this indicator was  negative due
to the Corporation's 1993 reported loss.

For  1994, the Board of Directors (the "Board") maintained the Corporation's
dividend at $2.18 per share, the same level as in 1993 and 1992.  




                                    F-27








                                   <PAGE>

PENDING REGULATORY ISSUES

Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions
- -------------------------------------------

In  1992, the CPUC  issued a decision adopting,  with modification, SFAS 106
for  regulatory accounting purposes.  The CPUC decision also granted Pacific
Bell  revenue  increases for  recovery  of  contributions to  tax-advantaged
funding vehicles for SFAS 106 costs.  Annual price cap decisions by the CPUC
granted Pacific Bell  $100 million in each  of the years  1995 and 1994  for
partial  recovery of  higher costs  under SFAS  106.   However, the  CPUC in
October  1994  reopened a  proceeding to  determine  if Pacific  Bell should
continue to recover these costs. The CPUC's order held that related revenues
collected  after October  12, 1994 are  subject to refund.   The Corporation
believes  these costs are appropriately included in Pacific Bell's price cap
filings, but is unable to predict the outcome.

Structural Separations Requirements
- -----------------------------------

In October 1994, the U.S. Court  of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit overturned
the  FCC's  removal  of  its structural  separations  requirements  for  the
offering  of  enhanced  services  by  the former  Bell  Operating  Companies
("BOCs") including the Telephone Companies.
 
In  January 1995, the FCC granted a  waiver allowing the Telephone Companies
and  other BOCs  to  continue current  enhanced  service offerings,  conduct
research and development, and  seek FCC approval for new  service offerings.
The  reimposition of  structural  separations requirements  would result  in
increased costs and reduced revenues and would delay the introduction of new
products and services.

Information Services Subsidiary
- -------------------------------

Effective January 1, 1993, Pacific Bell transferred its Information Services
Group  to  a  wholly  owned subsidiary,  Pacific  Bell  Information Services
("PBIS").    PBIS provides  business and  residential  voice mail  and other
selected  information services.   In 1992, the CPUC  issued a decision which
required  Pacific  Bell to  reduce revenues  by  the difference  between the
"going concern"  value of PBIS and  its adjusted net  book value.   In 1993,
Pacific Bell filed a Petition for  Modification of the decision based on its
belief that the decision resulted in a double refund to customers.  The CPUC
has  taken no  action on  the petition.   In  May 1994,  Pacific Bell  began
refunding about $12.5 million over 12 months.












                                    F-28








                                   <PAGE>

APPLICABILITY OF REGULATORY ACCOUNTING

The  Telephone  Companies  currently account  for  the  economic  effects of
regulation under  SFAS 71.  If it becomes no longer reasonable to assume the
Telephone  Companies  will  recover their  costs  through  rates charged  to
customers, whether  resulting from the  effects of increased  competition or
specific  regulatory actions, SFAS 71 will no longer apply.  The Corporation
monitors  the effects of competition and changes in regulation to assess the
likelihood the  Telephone Companies  will continue  to recover  their costs.
Discontinuing  the  application  of  SFAS 71  would  require  the  Telephone
Companies  to  eliminate their  regulatory  assets and  liabilities  and may
require a reduction of the carrying  amount of their telephone plant.  Three
other telephone  regional holding  companies ("RHCs") have  discontinued the
application  of  SFAS  71  regulatory  accounting  and  have  reduced  their
telephone  plant  balances.    If  Pacific  Bell  were  to  discontinue  the
application of  SFAS 71 and compute the  effect on its telephone  plant in a
manner similar to these other  three RHCs, the reduction in carrying  amount
of the Corporation's property, plant, and equipment would be between  $3 and
$5 billion.  (See "Accounting Under Regulation" in Note A on page F-43 for a
discussion of  regulatory assets  and  liabilities included  in the  balance
sheets.)




































                                    F-29








                                   <PAGE>

                   Pacific Telesis Group and Subsidiaries
                    Selected Financial and Operating Data
(Dollars in millions,
except per share amounts)         1994     1993     1992      1991     1990
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS   
Operating revenues...........  $ 9,235  $ 9,244  $ 9,108   $ 9,168  $ 9,052
Operating expenses...........    7,041    8,582    7,025     7,217    6,989
Operating income.............    2,194      662    2,083     1,951    2,063
Income from continuing
  operations.................    1,136      191    1,173       931      981
Income (loss) from spun-off
  operations.................       23       29      (31)       84       49
Cumulative effect of
  accounting changes.........        -   (1,724)       -         -        -
Net income (loss)............  $ 1,159  $(1,504) $ 1,142   $ 1,015  $ 1,030
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE
Income from continuing
  operations.................  $  2.68  $  0.46  $  2.91   $  2.37  $  2.47
Income (loss) from spun-off
  operations.................     0.05     0.07    (0.08)     0.21     0.12
Cumulative effect of
  accounting changes.........        -    (4.16)       -         -        -
Net income (loss)............  $  2.73  $ (3.63) $  2.83   $  2.58  $  2.59
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
OTHER FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
Dividends per share..........  $  2.18  $  2.18  $  2.18   $  2.14  $  2.02
Total assets*................  $20,139  $23,437  $21,849   $21,226  $21,051
Net assets of spun-off
  operations.................        -  $ 2,874  $   745   $   663  $   634
Shareowners' equity..........  $ 5,233  $ 7,786  $ 8,251   $ 7,729  $ 7,401

Continuing Operations**:
Book value per share.........  $ 12.34  $ 11.61  $ 18.53   $ 17.62  $ 16.94
Return on equity (%).........     22.0    -26.3     16.1      13.4     14.2
Return on capital (%)........     14.3     -8.6     12.0      10.6     11.2
Debt maturing within one year. $   246  $   595  $ 1,158   $   951  $   810
Long-term obligations........  $ 4,897  $ 5,129  $ 5,207   $ 5,395  $ 5,496
Debt ratio (%)...............     49.6     53.8     45.9      47.3     48.2
Capital expenditures.........  $ 1,684  $ 1,886  $ 1,852   $ 1,737  $ 1,760
Cash from operating 
  activities.................  $ 2,947  $ 2,727  $ 2,807   $ 2,439  $ 2,542
Total employees at 
  December 31................   51,590   55,355   57,023    59,037   62,979

Volume Indicators:
Toll messages (millions)***...   4,485    4,272    4,158     4,092    4,174
Carrier access minutes-
  of-use (millions)...........  53,486   49,674   46,800    43,872   41,383
Customer switched access lines
  in service at December 31
  (thousands).................  15,298   14,873   14,551    14,262   13,868
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            (Continued next page)


                                    F-30








                                   <PAGE>

                   Pacific Telesis Group and Subsidiaries
                    Selected Financial and Operating Data
                                 (Continued)


    Effective April 1, 1994, the Corporation spun off to its shareowners its
    domestic  and  international  cellular,   paging,  and  other   wireless
    operations  in  a one-for-one  stock  distribution  of  its  86  percent
    interest  in these  operations.   As a  result, the  Corporation's total
    assets  and shareowners' equity were each reduced by $2.9 billion during
    1994.  The Corporation's previous interests in the operating results and
    net  assets  of  "spun-off  operations" are  classified  separately  and
    excluded from  the Corporation's  revenues, expenses, and  other amounts
    presented  for  "continuing  operations."  (See  Note   A  -  "Basis  of
    Presentation" on page F-42.)

    Results for  1993, 1991,  and 1990  reflect restructuring charges  which
    reduced income from continuing operations by $861, $122, and $65 million
    for  each respective  year,  and related  per  share amounts  by  $2.08,
    $.30, and $.16 for  each respective year.  Results for 1993 also reflect
    the cumulative  after-tax effects of  applying new accounting  rules for
    postretirement and postemployment benefits to prior years.

    *   Includes net assets of spun-off operations.

    **  Excludes  spun-off operations.  Certain items  have been restated to
        conform to the current presentation.

    *** Toll messages include  Message Telecommunications Services, Optional
        Calling Plans,  WATS, and Terminating 800  messages.   The expansion
        of Pacific  Bell's local calling  areas effective June 1991  reduced
        subsequent toll message volumes.   As a result, comparisons  of 1992
        volumes with prior year volumes are not meaningful.
























                                    F-31








                                   <PAGE>

REPORT OF MANAGEMENT

To the Shareowners of Pacific Telesis Group:

The management of  Pacific Telesis  Group is responsible  for preparing  the
accompanying financial  statements and for their  integrity and objectivity.
The  statements have  been prepared  in  accordance with  generally accepted
accounting  principles applied on a  consistent basis and  are not misstated
due to material fraud or error.  In instances where exact measurement is not
possible,  the financial  statements include  amounts based  on management's
best  estimates   and  judgments.    Management  also   prepared  the  other
information  in  this annual  financial review  and  is responsible  for its
accuracy and consistency with the financial statements.

The Corporation's  financial  statements  have  been audited  by  Coopers  &
Lybrand L.L.P., independent accountants, whose appointment has been ratified
by  the shareowners.   Management has  made available  to Coopers  & Lybrand
L.L.P. all the Corporation's financial records and related data, as  well as
the minutes of shareowners' and directors' meetings. Furthermore, management
believes that all  of its representations made  to Coopers &  Lybrand L.L.P.
during their audit are valid and appropriate.

Management has established and  maintains a system of internal  control that
provides reasonable assurance  as to  the integrity and  reliability of  the
financial  statements, the  protection of  assets  from unauthorized  use or
disposition,  and  the  prevention  and detection  of  fraudulent  financial
reporting.  The system of internal control provides for appropriate division
of  responsibility and is documented by written policies and procedures that
are  communicated to  employees  with  significant  roles in  the  financial
reporting process  and are  updated as  necessary.   Management  continually
monitors  the system  of internal  control for  compliance, and  maintains a
strong   internal  auditing   program   that   independently  assesses   the
effectiveness  of the  internal  controls and  recommends improvements  when
necessary.   In  addition,  as part  of  their  audit of  the  Corporation's
financial statements, Coopers  & Lybrand L.L.P.  have obtained a  sufficient
understanding of  the internal  control structure  to determine  the nature,
timing,  and  extent  of audit  tests  to  be  performed.    Management  has
considered   the  internal   auditors'   and  Coopers &   Lybrand   L.L.P.'s
recommendations concerning the Corporation's  system of internal control and
has  taken actions  that it  believes are  cost-effective under  the circum-
stances  to  respond appropriately  to  these  recommendations.   Management
believes  that the Corporation's system  of internal control  is adequate to
accomplish the objectives discussed.

Management also  recognizes its  responsibility to  foster a  strong ethical
climate that enables the Corporation to conduct its affairs according to the
highest standards of personal and corporate conduct.  This responsibility is
characterized and  reflected in the Corporation's code of corporate conduct,
which  is  publicized  throughout the  Corporation.    The  code of  conduct
addresses, among other things:  potential  conflicts of interest; compliance
with domestic  laws, including those  relating to  foreign transactions  and
financial disclosure;  and the confidentiality  of proprietary  information.
The Corporation  maintains a  systematic program  to assess compliance  with
these policies.



                                    F-32








                                   <PAGE>

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors is  responsible for overseeing
the Corporation's financial reporting  process on behalf  of the Board.   In
fulfilling  its  responsibility,  the  Committee recommends  to  the  Board,
subject  to  shareowner ratification,  the  selection  of the  Corporation's
independent  accountants.   The Committee  consists of  five members  of the
Board who are  neither officers nor employees of the  Corporation.  It meets
regularly  with  representatives  of  management, internal  audit,  and  the
independent   accountants  to  review   internal  accounting   controls  and
accounting, auditing,  and financial  reporting matters.   During  1994, the
Committee held  five  meetings.   The  Corporation's internal  auditors  and
independent  accountants  periodically  meet  alone with  the  Committee  to
discuss  the matters  previously  noted and  have  direct access  to it  for
private communication at any time.


   
Philip J. Quigley
Chairman, President, and 
Chief Executive Officer 



William E. Downing
Executive Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer,
and Treasurer 
 
February 24, 1995





























                                    F-33








                                   <PAGE>

                      REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS



To the Board of Directors and Shareowners
of Pacific Telesis Group:

We  have audited  the accompanying  consolidated balance  sheets  of Pacific
Telesis Group  and Subsidiaries as  of December 31,  1994 and 1993,  and the
related  consolidated statements  of income,  shareowners' equity,  and cash
flows for  each of the  three years in  the period ended December  31, 1994.
These  financial  statements are  the  responsibility  of the  Corporation's
management. Our responsibility is  to express an opinion on  these financial
statements based on our audits.

As   discussed  in  Note   A  to  the   Consolidated  Financial  Statements,
Pacific Telesis Group  adopted new  accounting rules for  postretirement and
postemployment benefits during 1993.

We  conducted  our audits  in  accordance with  generally  accepted auditing
standards.   Those standards require  that we plan  and perform an  audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether  the financial statements are free
of material  misstatement.  An  audit includes examining,  on a  test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.
An audit also  includes assessing  the accounting principles  used and  sig-
nificant estimates made  by management,  as well as  evaluating the  overall
financial  statement presentation.   We  believe that  our audits  provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the  financial statements referred to above  present fairly,
in all  material respects,  the consolidated  financial position  of Pacific
Telesis Group and  Subsidiaries as of  December 31, 1994  and 1993, and  the
consolidated results of  their operations and their  cash flows for each  of
the three  years in the period  ended December 31, 1994,  in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.





Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.

San Francisco, California
February 23, 1995













                                    F-34








                                   <PAGE>

                   Pacific Telesis Group and Subsidiaries
                      Consolidated Statements of Income


                                              For the Year Ended December 31
(Dollars in millions,                        -------------------------------
except per share amounts)                        1994     1993       1992 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
OPERATING REVENUES
Local service................................  $3,455  $ 3,477     $3,377 
Network access - interstate..................   1,612    1,622      1,584 
Network access - intrastate..................     734      683        665 
Toll service.................................   2,006    2,058      2,103 
Other service revenues.......................   1,428    1,404      1,379 
                                             -------------------------------
TOTAL OPERATING REVENUES.....................   9,235    9,244      9,108 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
OPERATING EXPENSES
Cost of products and services................   1,903    1,932      1,915 
Customer operations and selling expenses.....   1,848    1,788      1,543 
General, administrative, and other expenses..   1,503    1,695      1,857 
Restructuring charges........................       -    1,431          - 
Depreciation and amortization................   1,787    1,736      1,710 
                                             -------------------------------
TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES.....................   7,041    8,582      7,025 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
OPERATING INCOME.............................   2,194      662      2,083 
Interest expense.............................     455      509        506 
Miscellaneous income.........................      55       48        202 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS
  BEFORE INCOME TAXES........................   1,794      201      1,779 
Income taxes.................................     658       10        606 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS............   1,136      191      1,173 
Income (loss) from spun-off operations,
    net of income taxes of $29, $61,
    and $11, respectively (Notes A and B)....      23       29        (31)
                                             -------------------------------
INCOME BEFORE CUMULATIVE EFFECT OF
  ACCOUNTING CHANGES.........................   1,159      220      1,142
Cumulative effect of accounting changes
   (Note A)..................................       -   (1,724)         -  
                                             -------------------------------
NET INCOME (LOSS)............................  $1,159  $(1,504)    $1,142 
============================================================================


                            (Continued next page)








                                    F-35








                                   <PAGE>

                   Pacific Telesis Group and Subsidiaries
                      Consolidated Statements of Income
                                 (Continued)

                                              For the Year Ended December 31
(Dollars in millions,                        -------------------------------
except per share amounts)                       1994      1993       1992 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE:
  Income from continuing operations.......   $  2.68   $  0.46    $  2.91 
  Income (loss) from spun-off operations..      0.05      0.07      (0.08)
                                             -------------------------------
  Income before cumulative effect of
    accounting changes....................      2.73      0.53       2.83 
  Cumulative effect of accounting
    changes...............................         -     (4.16)         - 
                                             -------------------------------
  Net income (loss).......................   $  2.73   $ (3.63)   $  2.83 
============================================================================
Dividends per share.......................   $  2.18   $  2.18    $  2.18 
Average shares outstanding (thousands)....   423,969   414,171    402,977 
============================================================================

The  accompanying Notes are an  integral part of  the Consolidated Financial
Statements.
































                                    F-36








                                   <PAGE>

                   Pacific Telesis Group and Subsidiaries
                         Consolidated Balance Sheets
                                                           December 31
                                                    ------------------------
(Dollars in millions, except per share amount)          1994        1993 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents..........................  $   135     $    69 
Accounts receivable - net of allowances
  for uncollectibles of $134 and $138..............    1,557       1,548 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets..........    1,206       1,029 
                                                   -------------------------
Total current assets...............................    2,898       2,646 
                                                   -------------------------
Property, plant, and equipment.....................   26,565      26,607 
Less:  accumulated depreciation....................  (10,451)     (9,961)
                                                   -------------------------
Property, plant, and equipment - net...............   16,114      16,646 
                                                   -------------------------
Net assets of spun-off operations (Notes A and B)..        -       2,874 
                                                   -------------------------
Deferred charges and other noncurrent assets.......    1,127       1,271 
                                                   -------------------------
TOTAL ASSETS.......................................  $20,139     $23,437 
============================================================================
LIABILITIES AND SHAREOWNERS' EQUITY
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities...........  $ 1,907     $ 1,645 
Debt maturing within one year......................      246         595 
Other current liabilities..........................    1,330       1,168 
                                                   -------------------------
Total current liabilities..........................    3,483       3,408 
                                                   -------------------------
Long-term obligations..............................    4,897       5,129 
                                                   -------------------------
Deferred income taxes..............................    1,673       1,598 
                                                   -------------------------
Other noncurrent liabilities and deferred credits..    4,853       5,516 
                                                   -------------------------
Commitments and contingencies (Notes I and L)

Common stock ($0.10 par value; 432,827,595 shares
  issued; 424,065,165 and 423,059,043 shares 
  outstanding).....................................       43          43 
Additional paid-in capital.........................    3,493       6,372 
Reinvested earnings................................    2,257       2,040 
Less:  treasury stock, at cost (8,762,430 and
         9,768,552 shares).........................     (254)       (283)
       deferred compensation - leveraged employee
         stock ownership trust.....................     (306)       (386)
                                                   -------------------------
Total shareowners' equity..........................    5,233       7,786 
                                                   -------------------------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREOWNERS' EQUITY..........  $20,139     $23,437 
============================================================================
The  accompanying Notes are an  integral part of  the Consolidated Financial
Statements.

                                    F-37








                                   <PAGE>

                   Pacific Telesis Group and Subsidiaries
               Consolidated Statements of Shareowners' Equity

                                             For the Year Ended December 31
                                             -------------------------------
(Dollars in millions, 
except per share amount)                         1994      1993      1992 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMMON STOCK
Balance at beginning of year................   $   43    $   43    $   43 
                                             -------------------------------
Balance at end of year......................       43        43        43 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ADDITIONAL PAID-IN CAPITAL
Balance at beginning of year................    6,372     5,220     5,217 
Spin-off stock distribution (Note B)........   (2,901)        -         - 
Issuance of common stock of
  spun-off operations (Note B)..............        -     1,027         - 
Issuance of shares..........................       22       104        (8)
Other changes...............................        -        21        11 
                                             -------------------------------
Balance at end of year......................    3,493     6,372     5,220 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
REINVESTED EARNINGS
Balance at beginning of year................    2,040     4,459     4,197 
Net income (loss)...........................    1,159    (1,504)    1,142 
Dividends declared ($2.18 per share
  each year)................................     (924)     (910)     (880)
Other changes...............................      (18)       (5)        - 
                                             -------------------------------
Balance at end of year......................    2,257     2,040     4,459 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TREASURY STOCK, AT COST
Balance at beginning of year................     (283)   (1,011)   (1,184)
Issuance of shares..........................       29       728       173 
                                             -------------------------------
Balance at end of year......................     (254)     (283)   (1,011)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFERRED COMPENSATION
Balance at beginning of year................     (386)     (460)     (544)
Cost of LESOP trust shares allocated to
  employee accounts (Note K)................       80        74        84 
                                             -------------------------------
Balance at end of year......................     (306)     (386)     (460)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL SHAREOWNERS' EQUITY...................   $5,233    $7,786    $8,251 
============================================================================

                            (Continued next page)








                                    F-38








                                   <PAGE>

                   Pacific Telesis Group and Subsidiaries
               Consolidated Statements of Shareowners' Equity
                                 (Continued)

                                             For the Year Ended December 31
                                             ------------------------------
                                                 1994      1993      1992 
===========================================================================
COMMON SHARES AUTHORIZED AT 
  DECEMBER 31 (millions)...................     1,100     1,100     1,100 
===========================================================================
COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING (millions)
Balance at beginning of year...............       423       405       401 
Treasury shares reissued...................         1        18         4 
                                             ------------------------------
Balance at end of year.....................       424       423       405 
===========================================================================
PREFERRED SHARES AUTHORIZED AT
  DECEMBER 31 (millions)...................        50        50        50 
===========================================================================

The  accompanying Notes are an  integral part of  the Consolidated Financial
Statements.


































                                    F-39








                                   <PAGE>

                   Pacific Telesis Group and Subsidiaries
                    Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

                                            For the Year Ended December 31
                                            --------------------------------
(Dollars in millions)                               1994     1993     1992 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
CASH FROM (USED FOR) OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income (loss)...............................  $1,159  $(1,504)  $1,142 
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss)
  to cash from operating activities:
     (Income) loss from spun-off operations......    (23)     (29)      31 
     Cumulative effect of accounting changes.....      -    1,724        - 
     Restructuring charges.......................      -    1,431        - 
     Depreciation and amortization...............  1,787    1,736    1,710 
     Deferred income taxes.......................     44     (314)    (665)
     Unamortized investment tax credits..........    (63)     (49)     (62)
     Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
        Accounts receivable......................    (17)     (74)      62 
        Prepaid expenses and other 
           current assets........................    (17)       1       97 
        Deferred charges and other
           noncurrent assets.....................     (4)     112       11 
        Accounts payable and accrued
           liabilities...........................    195       85      (42)
        Other current liabilities................      1       17      103 
        Noncurrent liabilities and
           deferred credits......................    (85)    (394)     429 
     Other adjustments, net......................    (30)     (15)      (9)
                                                  --------------------------
Cash from continuing operations.................   2,947    2,727    2,807 
Cash from spun-off operations...................      18      440      199 
                                                  --------------------------

Cash from operating activities..................   2,965    3,167    3,006 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

CASH FROM (USED FOR) INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Additions to property, plant, and equipment.....  (1,631)  (1,800)  (1,825)
Proceeds from disposals of assets of
  real estate subsidiary.......................      129        7        5 
Net investment in spun-off operations (Note J)..      33     (356)    (399)
Other investing activities, net.................     (33)      10       24 
                                                  --------------------------
Cash used by continuing operations..............  (1,502)  (2,139)  (2,195)
Cash used by spun-off operations................    (332)  (1,441)    (492)
                                                  --------------------------

Cash used for investing activities..............  (1,834)  (3,580)  (2,687)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

                            (Continued next page)





                                    F-40








                                   <PAGE>

                   Pacific Telesis Group and Subsidiaries
                    Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
                                 (Continued)

                                            For the Year Ended December 31
                                            --------------------------------
(Dollars in millions)                            1994       1993      1992
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
CASH FROM (USED FOR) FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from issuance of common and
  treasury shares............................     140        800       184 
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt.....      10      2,590       909 
Retirements of long-term debt................     (12)    (2,624)     (973)
Dividends paid...............................    (907)      (756)     (803)
Increase (decrease) in short-term
  borrowings, net............................    (588)      (473)      151 
Other financing activities, net..............     (22)      (130)      (76)
                                              ------------------------------
Cash used by continuing operations...........  (1,379)      (593)     (608)
Cash from spun-off operations................      39      1,631       293 
                                              ------------------------------
Cash from (used for) financing activities....  (1,340)     1,038      (315)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash from (used for) all activities......    (209)       625         4 
Less spun-off operations.....................    (275)       630         - 
                                              ------------------------------
Increase (decrease) in cash and 
  cash equivalents...........................      66         (5)        4 

Cash and cash equivalents at January 1.......      69         74        70 
                                              ------------------------------
Cash and cash equivalents at December 31.....  $  135      $  69     $  74 
============================================================================

The  accompanying Notes are an  integral part of  the Consolidated Financial
Statements.





















                                    F-41








                                   <PAGE>

Pacific Telesis Group
 and Subsidiaries

                 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

   Basis of Presentation

   The   Consolidated  Financial   Statements   include  the   accounts   of
   Pacific Telesis Group  (the "Corporation")  and its wholly  and majority-
   owned subsidiaries.   The Corporation includes a holding company, Pacific
   Telesis; its telephone subsidiaries:  Pacific Bell (and its subsidiaries,
   Pacific Bell   Directory,  Pacific   Bell   Information   Services,   and
   Pacific Bell Mobile   Services)   and   Nevada   Bell   (the   "Telephone
   Companies");  and several other  units.  The  Telephone Companies provide
   local  exchange   service,  network  access,   toll  service,   directory
   advertising, and selected information  services in California and Nevada.
   All  significant  intercompany   balances  and  transactions   have  been
   eliminated.  

   The Corporation's  previous interests  in the  operating results  and net
   assets of wireless operations which were spun off effective April 1, 1994
   are reported separately  as "spun-off operations."  (See  Note B - "Spun-
   off Operations" following.)   These operations are excluded  from amounts
   reported  for   the  Corporation's   revenues,   expenses,  assets,   and
   liabilities  which  reflect "continuing  operations."   The Corporation's
   prior year statements  of cash  flows have been  reclassified to  include
   separately  the cash  flows  of spun-off  operations  to conform  to  the
   current  presentation.   Amounts presented  for spun-off  operations have
   been prepared solely for  the purpose of reporting Pacific  Telesis Group
   results.

























                                    F-42








                                   <PAGE>

A. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Cont'd)

   Accounting Under Regulation 

   The Telephone Companies  account for the  economic effects of  regulation
   under Statement  of Financial Accounting  Standards No.  71 ("SFAS  71"),
   "Accounting for the  Effects of Certain  Types of Regulation."   SFAS  71
   requires  the  Telephone   Companies  to  reflect  the  rate  actions  of
   regulators in  their financial  statements when appropriate.   Regulators
   sometimes include costs  in allowable  costs for ratemaking  in a  period
   other than the period in which those costs would be charged to expense by
   an  unregulated   enterprise.    These  timing   differences  can  create
   "regulatory assets" or "regulatory liabilities" recorded by the Telephone
   Companies.    The  regulatory  assets  and liabilities  included  in  the
   Corporation's consolidated balance sheets are listed and discussed below:

                                                            December 31
                                                      ----------------------
                                                      1994             1993 
   -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       (Dollars in millions)
   Regulatory assets (liabilities) due to:                                  
      Deferred pension costs*..................      $ 407            $ 340 
      Unamortized debt redemption costs**......        346              357 
      Deferred compensated absence costs*......        213              227 
      Unamortized purchases of property, plant,                             
        and equipment under $500...............        107              141 
      Deferred income taxes***..................      (193)            (238)
      Other.....................................        51               71 
                                                     -----------------------
   Total ......................................      $ 931            $ 898 
   =========================================================================
     *    Included primarily  in  "deferred  charges  and  other  noncurrent
          assets" in the Corporation's balance sheets.
     **   Reflected as a reduction of "long-term obligations."
     ***  Included in  "other  current liabilities"  and  "other  noncurrent
          liabilities and deferred credits."

    Deferred pension costs above  reflect an order by the  California Public
    Utilities  Commission (the  "CPUC")  requiring Pacific Bell  to use  the
    "aggregate cost method" for  its intrastate operations.   These deferred
    costs  represent differences  between Pacific Bell's  intrastate pension
    costs  calculated  using  this  actuarial method,  subject  to  Internal
    Revenue  Service ("IRS")  and  other limitations,  and costs  determined
    under the provisions of Statement  of Financial Accounting Standards No.
    87 ("SFAS 87"), "Employers' Accounting  for Pensions," and ("SFAS  88"),
    "Employers' Accounting  for  Settlements  and  Curtailments  of  Defined
    Benefit Pension Plans and for Termination Benefits."

    When  debt  is refinanced  before  maturity, Pacific  Bell  amortizes to
    expense  any difference  between  net book  value  and redemption  price
    evenly  over  the  term  of  the  replacing  issue  for  its  intrastate
    operations, in accordance with the ratemaking treatment of such costs by
    the  CPUC.    These  costs  are  expensed  as  incurred  for  interstate
    operations.


                                    F-43








                                   <PAGE>

A.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Cont'd)

    In  prior years, the CPUC and the Federal Communications Commission (the
    "FCC")  changed the  required accounting  for the  costs of  compensated
    absences, such as vacation days, from a cash basis to  an accrual basis.
    A transition liability for earned, but unused, compensated  absence days
    is being amortized to expense over periods prescribed by each regulator.
    However, the CPUC continues to require Pacific Bell to recognize certain
    compensated absence  costs on  a cash basis  for ratemaking.   The above
    regulatory  asset for  compensated absences  reflects those  costs which
    have been deferred in accordance with ratemaking treatment.

    In  1989 and  1990, respectively,  the  FCC and  the CPUC  increased the
    threshold  for  directly expensing  purchases  of  property, plant,  and
    equipment from  $200 to $500.   Purchases of  less than $500  which were
    previously  capitalized  are being  amortized  to  expense over  periods
    prescribed by regulators.

    Specific provisions  of  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards
    No. 109, "Accounting  for Income Taxes," require  regulated companies to
    record  a regulatory  asset or  a regulatory liability  when recognizing
    deferred income taxes if  it is probable that these deferred  taxes will
    be reflected in future rates.

    In  addition to the  regulatory assets and  liabilities described above,
    the carrying amount of  property, plant, and equipment is  also affected
    by the actions of regulators.  Property, plant, and equipment is carried
    at cost.  The cost of self-constructed plant includes employee wages and
    benefits, materials, and  other costs.   Regulators allow the  Telephone
    Companies  to accrue  an allowance  for funds used  during construction,
    which  includes  both  debt   and  equity  components,  as  a   cost  of
    constructing  certain plant and as an item of miscellaneous income. This
    income is not realized in cash currently, but is expected to be realized
    over the service lives of the related plant.  When retired, the original
    cost  of   depreciable  telephone   plant  is  charged   to  accumulated
    depreciation.  

    Expenditures  in excess  of $500 that  increase the  capacity, operating
    efficiency,  or useful  life  of an  individual  asset are  capitalized.
    Expenditures  for maintenance and repairs  are charged to  expense.  The
    costs  of  computer software  purchased  or developed  for  internal use
    generally  are expensed as incurred.   However, initial operating system
    software  costs  are capitalized  and amortized  over  the lives  of the
    associated hardware.  Costs for subsequent additions or modifications to
    operating system software are expensed as incurred.












                                    F-44








                                   <PAGE>

A.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Cont'd)

    Depreciation of telephone plant is computed essentially by straight-line
    depreciation using  depreciable lives  prescribed periodically  by state
    and  federal  regulators.    Regulators currently  have  prescribed  the
    following  depreciable  lives for  Pacific Bell's  property,  plant, and
    equipment:

                                                           Depreciable Lives
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  (in years)
    Buildings..............................................      30  to   57
    Cable and conduit......................................      10  to   30
    Central office equipment...............................       9  to 16.5
    Furniture, equipment, and other........................     5.5  to   20
    ========================================================================

    An unregulated  enterprise may  have selected shorter  depreciable lives
    for  similar assets.  At  this time, the  Corporation has not determined
    what  depreciable lives  it might  otherwise have  selected or  what the
    cumulative  effect  on  its financial  statements  would  have  been had
    shorter  lives  been  used.   Three  other  telephone  regional  holding
    companies  ("RHCs")  have  discontinued   the  application  of  SFAS  71
    regulatory  accounting and  have adopted  shorter depreciable  lives and
    reduced  their  telephone  plant balances.    If  Pacific  Bell were  to
    discontinue the application  of SFAS  71 and compute  the effect on  its
    telephone  plant in  a manner  similar to  these other  three RHCs,  the
    reduction in the carrying amount  of the Corporation's property,  plant,
    and equipment would be between $3 and $5 billion.

    Cash and Cash Equivalents

    Cash  equivalents include  all highly  liquid monetary  instruments with
    maturities of ninety  days or less  from the date of  purchase.  In  its
    cash   management  practices,  the  Corporation  maintains  zero-balance
    disbursement accounts for which  funds are made available as  checks are
    presented  for clearance.   Checks outstanding are  included in accounts
    payable.  

    Income Taxes

    Deferred  income  taxes  are provided  to  reflect  the  tax effects  of
    temporary  differences  between  the  carrying  amounts  of  assets  and
    liabilities for financial  reporting purposes and  the amounts used  for
    tax purposes.

    Investment tax  credits earned prior to  their repeal by  the Tax Reform
    Act of 1986 are amortized as reductions in tax expense over the lives of
    the assets which gave rise to the credits.

    Advertising Costs

    Costs  for  advertising products  and  services or  corporate  image are
    expensed as incurred.



                                    F-45








                                   <PAGE>

A.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Cont'd)

    Earnings Per Share

    Earnings (loss) per share calculations are based on the weighted average
    number  of common shares outstanding,  including those shares  held by a
    leveraged employee stock ownership trust.  

    Change in Accounting for Postretirement and Postemployment Costs

    Effective  January  1,  1993,   the  Corporation  adopted  Statement  of
    Financial   Accounting  Standards  No.  106  ("SFAS  106"),  "Employers'
    Accounting  for  Postretirement  Benefits  Other   than  Pensions,"  and
    Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards No.  112  ("SFAS  112"),
    "Employers' Accounting for Postemployment Benefits." (See also Note  F -
    "Other Postretirement and  Postemployment Benefits" on page F-54.)   The
    cumulative  after-tax effects of applying  the new rules  to prior years
    were recognized by one-time  charges applicable to continuing operations
    totaling $1.724 billion.   The charges  are net of  deferred income  tax
    benefits of $1.155 billion and reduced earnings applicable to continuing
    operations for 1993 by $4.16 per share.  

    The Corporation was unable to defer these charges under the criteria for
    recognizing a regulatory  asset under SFAS 71.  The  FCC did not provide
    additional  recovery for either new accounting standard.  For California
    operations, the CPUC  did not provide  Pacific Bell additional  recovery
    for SFAS  112 and  only provided  partial recovery  of its  higher costs
    under SFAS  106.  In addition,  Pacific Bell is required  to reapply for
    this  recovery each year.   Therefore, the recovery  period is uncertain
    but exceeds the 20-year period required by accounting rules for deferral
    of these costs.

    Because  the Telephone  Companies' higher postretirement  benefits costs
    under  SFAS  106   are  being  partially  recovered  in   revenues,  the
    Corporation's  higher   costs  have  not  materially  affected  reported
    earnings.  Annual price cap  decisions by the CPUC granted  Pacific Bell
    $100  and  $108 million  in  1994 and  1993,  respectively,  for partial
    recovery  of its  higher  costs.   However,  the  CPUC  in October  1994
    reopened  a proceeding to determine  if Pacific Bell  should continue to
    recover  these costs.   (See "Revenues Subject  to Refund" in  Note L on
    page F-65.)  The annual periodic expense under SFAS 112  does not differ
    materially from expense under the prior method.  

B.  Spun-off Operations

    Effective April 1,  1994, the  Corporation spun off  to shareowners  its
    domestic  and  international   cellular,  paging,  and   other  wireless
    operations  in a  one-for-one  stock  distribution  of  its  86  percent
    interest  in  AirTouch Communications,  Inc.  ("AirTouch").   The  stock
    distribution  was recorded as a  stock dividend from  paid-in capital at
    the carrying  amount of  the net  assets of spun-off  operations.   As a
    result, the Corporation's total assets and shareowners' equity were each
    reduced by $2.9  billion in 1994.   The stock  distribution itself is  a
    noncash transaction  which did  not affect  the Corporation's  cash flow
    statement.


                                    F-46








                                   <PAGE>

B.  Spun-off Operations (Cont'd)

    Under  a   separation  agreement,  any   unrecorded  nontax   contingent
    liabilities  that  become  certain  after  the  spin-off  date  will  be
    allocated based on origin of the claim, and acts by, or benefits to, the
    Corporation   or   AirTouch.       In   addition,   the    Corporation's
    responsibilities  terminate in  connection with  any  future obligations
    under  AirTouch's joint venture  agreement with Cellular Communications,
    Inc.,  and  under  various  financial   instrument  contracts.    As  of
    December 31, 1993, these financial instruments included foreign currency
    swap and forward contracts with face amounts totaling $291 million.  

    The Corporation's previous interests in the net revenues and expenses of
    AirTouch's operations prior to  April 1, 1994 are classified  separately
    as income (loss) from spun-off operations in the income statements.  The
    components of the income or loss are summarized below:

    (Dollars in millions)                         1994       1993      1992 
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Operating revenues..........................  $259     $1,061      $879 
    Operating expenses..........................   225        930       829 
                                                  --------------------------
    Operating income............................    34        131        50 
    Other income (expense)......................    22        (35)      (70)
                                                  --------------------------
    Income (loss) before income taxes...........    56         96       (20)
    Income taxes................................    29         61        11 
                                                  --------------------------
    Income (loss) before minority interest and 
      cumulative effect of accounting changes...    27         35       (31)
    Minority interest of other shareowners......    (4)         -         -
    Cumulative effect of accounting changes.....     -         (6)        - 
                                                  --------------------------
    Income (loss) from spun-off operations*.....  $ 23     $   29      $(31)
    ========================================================================
    *  See Note A - "Basis of Presentation" on page F-42.  The amounts for 
       1994 reflect operations through March 31, 1994.

    The Corporation's previous interest in the net assets and liabilities of
    AirTouch is classified  separately as net assets  of spun-off operations
    in the Corporation's balance sheets.  The components of these net assets
    are summarized below:
                                                              December 31   
                                                          ------------------
    (Dollars in millions)                                 1994         1993 
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Current assets......................................  $  -       $1,704 
    Noncurrent assets...................................     -        2,359 
    Current liabilities.................................     -         (312)
    Noncurrent liabilities..............................     -         (413)
    Minority interest of other shareowners..............     -         (464)
                                                         -------------------
    Net assets of spun-off operations*..................  $  -       $2,874 
    ========================================================================
    *  See Note A - "Basis of Presentation" on page F-42.


                                    F-47








                                   <PAGE>

B.  Spun-off Operations (Cont'd)

    The Corporation's cash flow statements include separately the cash flows
    of spun-off  operations.   Cash proceeds  of approximately  $1.5 billion
    received by  AirTouch from an  initial public  offering of its  stock in
    December  1993 are  reflected in  cash from  spun-off operations  in the
    Corporation's financing  cash  flows for  1993.  The proceeds  from  the
    initial public  offering  above  the book  value  of  the  Corporation's
    transferred  ownership  interest  were credited  to  additional  paid-in
    capital in 1993 within the Corporation's shareowners' equity accounts.

C.  Restructuring Charges

    During  1993,  the  Corporation recorded  pre-tax  restructuring charges
    totaling $1.431 billion which reduced earnings for 1993 by $861 million,
    or $2.08 per share.  These charges include a $977 million pre-tax charge
    by  Pacific Bell to recognize  the incremental cost  of force reductions
    associated with  restructuring its  internal business  processes through
    1997.    This  charge  is  to  cover  the  incremental  severance  costs
    associated  with  terminating approximately  14,400 employees  from 1994
    through  1997.     It  is  also  to  cover  the   incremental  costs  of
    consolidating and streamlining operations and facilities to support this
    downsizing initiative.  After reductions for incremental force reduction
    costs  in  1994,   the  remaining   balance  of  this   reserve  as   of
    December 31, 1994 was $819 million.  

    During  1993, the  Corporation  completed a  reevaluation of  investment
    alternatives relating to its 1990 decision to dispose of its real estate
    subsidiary's  assets.     Based  on  its reevaluation,  the  Corporation
    recorded an additional pre-tax  restructuring reserve of $347 million to
    cover  future  losses  on sales  and  estimated  operating  losses.   In
    December   1994,  the   Corporation's   real   estate  subsidiary   sold
    substantially all of its assets for approximately $160 million.  Charges
    to the reserve in 1994 totaled $287 million, $248 million  for losses on
    sale  of its assets  and $39 million  for operating losses.   Management
    believes the remaining reserve balance of $51 million as of December 31,
    1994 is adequate to cover any contingent costs associated with the sale.

    A  $51 million pre-tax  charge was recorded during  1993 relating to the
    withdrawal  from,  or  restructuring  of, the  Corporation's  cable  and
    customer premises equipment  businesses.  The  remaining $56 million  of
    1993 charges primarily relate  to anticipated costs due to  the spin-off
    of AirTouch.  As of December 31, 1994, the remaining reserve balance for
    the Corporation's  cable and customer premises  equipment businesses and
    costs associated with the spin-off totaled $68 million.












                                    F-48








                                   <PAGE>

D.  Income Taxes 

    The components of income tax expense applicable to continuing operations
    each year are as follows:

   (Dollars in millions)                         1994       1993       1992 
   -------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Current:
      Federal...............................     $480       $526       $611 
      State and local income taxes..........      142        148        155 
                                                 ---------------------------
   Total current............................      622        674        766 

   Deferred:
      Federal...............................       77       (472)       (87)
      Change in federal enacted tax rate....        -        (23)         - 
      State and local income taxes..........       22       (117)       (11)
                                                 ---------------------------
   Total deferred...........................       99       (612)       (98)

   Amortization of investment
      tax credits - net.....................      (63)       (52)       (62)
                                                 ---------------------------
   Total income taxes.......................     $658       $ 10       $606 
   =========================================================================

   Significant components of the Corporation's deferred tax assets and
   liabilities are as follows:                              December 31
                                                    ------------------------
   (Dollars in millions)                               1994            1993 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Deferred tax (assets)/liabilities - due to:
      Depreciation and amortization.............     $3,003          $3,239 
      Postretirement and postemployment
        benefits................................     (1,072)         (1,180)
      Restructuring reserves....................       (413)           (587)
      Customer rate reductions..................       (150)           (126)
      Other, net................................       (170)           (116)
                                                    ------------------------
                                                      1,198           1,230 
   Less spun-off operations.....................          -            (177)
                                                    ------------------------
   Net deferred tax liabilities.................     $1,198          $1,053 
                                                    ========================
   Amounts recorded in the consolidated
    balance sheets:
      Deferred tax assets*......................     $  483          $  556 
                                                    ========================
      Deferred tax liabilities*.................     $1,681          $1,609 
                                                    ========================
   =========================================================================
   *  Reflects reclassification of certain current and noncurrent amounts by
      federal and state  tax jurisdiction  to a net  presentation.   Amounts
      include  both  current  and  noncurrent  portions.    (See  Note  M  -
      "Additional Financial Information" on page F-66 for current portion of
      deferred tax assets.)

                                    F-49








                                   <PAGE>

D. Income Taxes (Cont'd)

   During August 1993,  new tax  provisions were enacted  under the  Omnibus
   Budget  Reconciliation  Act of  1993 which  included  an increase  in the
   corporate  tax  rate  from  34  percent  to  35  percent  retroactive  to
   January 1, 1993.  The  cumulative effect  of the new  tax provisions  was
   recognized during third quarter 1993 by a reduction to income tax expense
   resulting from the adjustment of prior periods' deferred taxes.  However,
   this positive adjustment was partly offset  by the effect of the tax rate
   increase on  current income.   Overall,  the new  tax provisions  did not
   significantly affect the Corporation's tax expense for 1993.

   The reasons for differences each year between the Corporation's effective
   income  tax rate  and applying the  statutory federal income  tax rate to
   income from continuing operations before income taxes are provided in the
   following reconciliation:
                                                1994        1993       1992 
   -------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Statutory federal income tax rate (%)....... 35.0        35.0       34.0 

   Increase (decrease) in taxes resulting from:

      Amortization of investment tax credits... (3.5)      (26.0)      (3.5)
      Plant basis differences - net of
        applicable depreciation................  0.3        17.4        2.0 
      Construction interest.................... (0.6)       (6.1)      (0.6)
      State income taxes - net of federal
        income tax benefit.....................  5.9         9.7        5.3 

      Deferred tax impact due to rate change...    -       (26.9)      (3.5)

      Other.................................... (0.4)        1.9        0.4 
                                                ----------------------------
   Effective income tax rate (%)............... 36.7         5.0       34.1 
   =========================================================================

   During 1992, the Corporation was refunded $115 million from the IRS under
   a Summary Assessment relating to contested issues for pre-divestiture tax
   years  1979 and  1980.   As a  result of  the refund  and $70  million of
   related  interest, 1992  net income  increased $45  million, or  $.11 per
   share,  and  cash  from  operating  activities for  1992  increased  $185
   million.

E. Employee Retirement Plans

   Defined Benefit Plans

   The  Corporation provides  pension,  death, and  survivor benefits  under
   defined benefit  pension plans  which cover substantially  all employees.
   Benefits  of  the Pacific  Telesis  Group Pension  Plan  (for nonsalaried
   employees) are  based on a flat  dollar amount and vary  according to job
   classification,   age,  and   years  of   service.     Benefits   of  the
   Pacific Telesis  Group Pension Plan for Salaried Employees are based on a
   percentage of final  five-year average pay and vary according  to age and
   years of service.


                                    F-50








                                   <PAGE>

E. Employee Retirement Plans (Cont'd)

   The  Corporation is  responsible for  contributing enough to  the pension
   plans, while the employee still is working, to ensure that adequate funds
   are  available  to  provide  the  benefit payments  upon  the  employee's
   retirement.  These contributions are made to an irrevocable trust fund in
   amounts  determined using the aggregate cost actuarial method, one of the
   actuarial methods  specified by  the Employee Retirement  Income Security
   Act of 1974 ("ERISA"), subject to ERISA and Internal Revenue Code limita-
   tions.

   The Corporation reports pension  costs and related obligations under  the
   provisions  of SFAS 87 and SFAS 88.  However, regulatory accounting under
   SFAS  71  requires the  Telephone  Companies to  recognize  pension costs
   consistent  with  its ratemaking  treatment.    Pension costs  recognized
   reflect a  CPUC order requiring the  continued use of the  aggregate cost
   method for intrastate operations and a FCC requirement to use SFAS 87 and
   SFAS 88 for interstate operations.

   During 1994, special pension benefits and cash incentives were offered in
   connection with Pacific Bell's  restructuring and related force reduction
   program.    On March  28, 1994,  Pacific Bell  offered a  special pension
   benefit  which  removed any  age  discount from  pensions  for management
   employees who  were eligible  to retire with  a service  pension on  that
   date.   Also  during  1994, pension  benefit  increases were  offered  to
   various groups of  nonsalaried employees under 1992 plan amendments which
   increase benefits for  specified groups who elect  early retirement under
   incentive  programs.   Approximately  3,400 employees  left Pacific  Bell
   during 1994 under early retirement or voluntary and involuntary severance
   programs.  In 1993, Nevada Bell offered an early retirement program under
   which  approximately 70  management  employees elected  early retirement.
   During  1992,  approximately  1,000   of  the  Corporation's  nonsalaried
   employees elected to retire  early under an incentive program  that year.
   Annual  pension cost  in  the following  table  excludes $62  million  of
   additional pension costs charged  to Pacific Bell's restructuring reserve
   in  1994 and  excludes  $7 and  $5 million,  respectively, of  additional
   pension expense for incentive programs in 1993 and 1992.




















                                    F-51








                                   <PAGE>

E. Employee Retirement Plans (Cont'd)

   Annual pension cost each year consisted of the following components:

   (Dollars in millions)                          1994       1993      1992 
   -------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Service cost - benefits earned during year.. $  198     $  140    $  163 
   Interest cost on projected
      benefit obligations......................    681        679       656 
   Actual return on assets.....................   (173)    (1,402)     (386)
   Net amortization and deferral of items
      subject to delayed recognition*..........   (601)       640      (373)
                                                ----------------------------
   Net periodic pension cost under SFAS 87.....    105         57        60 
   Adjustment to reflect differing regulatory
      treatment**..............................    (79)       (53)      (54)
   Less spun-off operations....................      -          3         2 
                                                ----------------------------
   Pension cost recognized..................... $   26     $    7    $    8 
   =========================================================================

   *  Under SFAS 87, differences between actual returns and losses on assets
      and assumed returns, which are based on an expected  long-term rate of
      return, are  deferred and included  with "unrecognized net  gain" (see
      table  below).   During 1994 and  1992, actual returns  were less than
      assumed  returns by $551 and $317 million, respectively.  During 1993,
      actual returns exceeded assumed returns by $691 million.  

   ** See Note A - "Accounting Under Regulation" on page F-43 for amounts of
      regulatory assets associated with deferred pension costs.

   The amounts shown above for annual pension cost recognized in 1994, 1993,
   and 1992 reflect  the effects of strong  fund asset performance in  prior
   years and IRS funding limitations.  























                                    F-52








                                   <PAGE>

E. Employee Retirement Plans (Cont'd)

   The following  table sets  forth  the status  of  the plans'  assets  and
   obligations and the amounts  recognized in the Corporation's consolidated
   balance sheets:
                                                            December 31     
                                                    ------------------------
   (Dollars in millions)                               1994            1993 
   -------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Plan assets at estimated fair value............  $10,372         $11,277 
   Actuarial present value of projected benefit
     obligations..................................    8,736           9,369 
                                                    ------------------------
   Plan assets in excess of projected benefit
     obligations..................................    1,636           1,908 
   Less items subject to delayed recognition:
     Unrecognized net gain*.......................   (2,012)         (1,989)
     Unrecognized transition amount**.............     (551)           (651)
     Unrecognized prior service cost..............       48              52 
   Less spun-off operations.......................        -             (15)
                                                    ------------------------
   Accrued pension cost liability recognized in
     the consolidated balance sheets..............  $   879         $   695 
   =========================================================================

   *   Gains  or losses from actual returns on assets different than assumed
       returns,  as  well  as  from demographic  experience  different  than
       assumed  and  the  effects  of  changes  in  other  assumptions,  are
       recognized through amortization, over time, when the cumulative gains
       or losses exceed certain limits.

   **  A  $1,078 million  excess  of  the fair  value  of  plan assets  over
       projected benefit obligations as  of the January 1, 1987  adoption of
       SFAS 87  is being recognized through  amortization over approximately
       eighteen years.

   The  assets of  the  plans  are  primarily  composed  of  common  stocks,
   U.S. Government and  corporate obligations, index funds,  and real estate
   investments.    The plans'  projected  benefit  obligations for  employee
   service  to date reflect the Corporation's expectations of the effects of
   future salary progression and benefit increases.  As of December 31, 1994
   and  1993, the actuarial present values of the plans' accumulated benefit
   obligations,  which  do  not  anticipate future  salary  increases,  were
   $8,256 and $8,818 million,  respectively.  Of  these amounts, $7,396  and
   $7,924 million, respectively, were vested.

   The  assumptions  used  in  computing  the  present  values  of   benefit
   obligations include a discount  rate of 8.0 percent for 1994, 7.5 percent
   for 1993  and 8.5 percent  for 1992.   An 8.0  percent long-term rate  of
   return on assets is assumed in calculating pension costs.







                                    F-53








                                   <PAGE>

E. Employee Retirement Plans (Cont'd)

   A  separation agreement  for  the  AirTouch  spin-off  provided  for  the
   transfer of a limited number of employees' and retirees' accounts between
   the Corporation and AirTouch as well as related pension plan assets.  The
   actuarial  present   value  of   projected  benefit  obligations   as  of
   December 31, 1993  in  the above  table  includes  $31  million of  prior
   obligations relating to spun-off operations.

   Effective December 31,  1993, the  salaried pension plan  was amended  to
   permanently remove  the age discount from pension  benefits for employees
   with 30  or more  years of  net credited service.   Effective  January 1,
   1995, the  salaried pension  plan was also  amended to  cap net  credited
   service for  pension benefits at 30  years or, if greater,  the amount of
   the  employee's service  on  January  1,  1995.    Upon  adoption,  these
   amendments affected approximately 400 and 800 employees, respectively.

   The Corporation has entered into labor negotiations with union-represent-
   ed employees in  the past and  expects to do so  in the future.   Pension
   benefits have been  included in these  negotiations, and improvements  in
   benefits have  been made periodically.  Additionally, the Corporation has
   increased benefits  to pensioners on an ad hoc basis.  While no assurance
   can  be  offered  with respect  to  future  increases, the  Corporation's
   expectations  for  future  benefit   increases  have  been  reflected  in
   determining pension costs.

   Defined Contribution Plans

   The  Corporation sponsors defined  contribution retirement plans covering
   substantially  all employees.   These  plans include the  Pacific Telesis
   Group Supplemental  Retirement and  Savings Plan for  Salaried Employees,
   and the Pacific  Telesis Group Supplemental  Retirement and Savings  Plan
   for Nonsalaried Employees (collectively, the "Savings Plans").

   The  Corporation's  contributions to  the  Savings  Plans  are  based  on
   matching  a portion  of employee  contributions.   All matching  employer
   contributions to the Savings  Plans are made through  a LESOP trust  (see
   "Employee  Stock Ownership  Trust"  in  Note  K  on  page F-63).    Total
   contributions  to  these  plans,  including  contributions  allocated  to
   participant  accounts through  the LESOP  trust, were  $66, $65,  and $61
   million in 1994,  1993, and  1992, respectively.   These amounts  exclude
   costs applicable to spun-off operations.

F. Other Postretirement and Postemployment Benefits

   Substantially  all retirees and  their dependents  are covered  under the
   Corporation's  plans for  medical, dental,  and life  insurance benefits.
   Approximately  41,000 retirees  were eligible  to receive benefits  as of
   January  1, 1994.    Currently, the  Corporation pays  the  full cost  of
   retiree  health benefits.  However, by 1999, all employees retiring after
   1990 will pay a  share of the  costs of medical  coverage that exceeds  a
   defined dollar medical  cap.   Such future cost  sharing provisions  have
   been reflected  in determining  the Corporation's  postretirement benefit
   costs.   The Corporation retains  the right, subject  to applicable legal
   requirements, to amend or terminate these benefits.


                                    F-54








                                   <PAGE>

F. Other Postretirement and Postemployment Benefits (Cont'd)

   Effective  January  1,  1993, the  Corporation  adopted  SFAS  106 on  an
   immediate-recognition  basis.   The standard  requires that  the cost  of
   retiree  benefits  be  recognized in  the  financial  statements from  an
   employee's date of  hire until  the employee becomes  eligible for  these
   benefits.   Previously, the Corporation expensed retiree benefits as they
   were  paid.  Immediate recognition of the value of prior benefits earned,
   the  transition  obligation,  resulted  in  a  one-time,  noncash  charge
   applicable  to  continuing operations  of  $1.573 billion,  or $3.80  per
   share.    The  charge  is  net  of  a  deferred  income  tax  benefit  of
   $1.054 billion which will be  recognized over the remaining lives  of the
   workforce.  

   The Corporation's periodic expense  under SFAS 106 in  1994 and 1993,  as
   displayed in the table below,  increased from a level of $106  million in
   costs in 1992 under the  prior method.  Because the Telephone  Companies'
   higher costs  are being  partially recovered  in revenues,  the increased
   costs  have not materially affected  reported earnings.   (See "Change in
   Accounting for  Postretirement and  Postemployment  Costs" in  Note A  on
   page F-46.)

   The  components  of  net  periodic  postretirement benefit  cost  are  as
   follows:

   (Dollars in millions)                                  1994         1993 
   -------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Service cost.....................................      $ 58         $ 42 
   Interest cost on accumulated postretirement
     benefit obligation.............................       258          249 
   Actual return on plan assets.....................        (3)         (80)
   Net amortization and deferral....................       (66)          32 
   Less spun-off operations.........................         -           (2)
                                                          ------------------
   Net periodic postretirement benefit cost.........      $247         $241 
   =========================================================================

   Both Pacific Bell  and Nevada  Bell partially fund  their obligations  by
   contributing  to Voluntary  Employee  Benefit Association  trusts.   Plan
   assets are  invested primarily in  domestic and international  stocks and
   domestic  investment-grade  bonds.   An  8.5  percent  long-term rate  of
   return on assets is assumed in calculating postretirement  benefit costs.















                                    F-55








                                   <PAGE>

F. Other Postretirement and Postemployment Benefits (Cont'd)

   The funded status of the plans follows:                  December 31
                                                        -------------------
   (Dollars in millions)                                  1994      1993 
   ------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation*:
       Retirees.....................................    $2,308    $2,380 
       Eligible active employees....................       270       213 
       Other active employees.......................       802       948 
                                                        -------  ------- 
   Total accumulated postretirement benefit
       obligation...................................     3,380     3,541 
   Less:
       Fair value of plan assets*...................      (880)     (801)
       Unrecognized net loss**......................      (178)     (343)
       Spun-off operations..........................         -       (12)
                                                        -------   -------
   Accrued postretirement benefit obligation recognized
       in the consolidated balance sheets...........    $2,322    $2,385 
   ========================================================================
   *   The  measurement date for  determining the accumulated postretirement
       benefit  obligation  and fair  value of  plan  assets was  changed to
       December  31 in 1994, from September  30 in 1993.   The fair value of
       plan assets  as  of December  31,  1993 includes  contributions  made
       during fourth quarter 1993 after the measurement date that year.

   **  The  unrecognized  net  loss  is  amortized  over time  and  reflects
       differences between actuarial assumptions  and actual experience.  It
       also includes the impact of changes in actuarial assumptions.

   The assumed discount rate used to  measure the accumulated postretirement
   benefit obligation was 8.0 percent for 1994 and 7.5 percent for 1993.  An
   annual increase  in health care costs of 13 percent was assumed for 1995,
   declining ultimately  to an assumed rate  of 6 percent by  the year 2002.
   Increasing the assumed health care  cost trend rates by one  percent each
   year,  would increase  the December  31, 1994  accumulated postretirement
   benefit  obligation by  $434  million  and  would increase  the  combined
   service  and  interest cost  components  of  net periodic  postretirement
   benefit cost for 1994 by $40 million. 

   Effective  January  1,  1993,  the  Corporation  adopted  SFAS   112  for
   accounting  for postemployment benefits which requires a change from cash
   to  accrual   accounting.     Postemployment  benefits  offered   by  the
   Corporation  include workers  compensation, disability  benefits, medical
   benefit  continuation, and  severance pay.   These  benefits are  paid to
   former or inactive employees who terminate without retiring.  A one-time,
   noncash charge  representing prior benefits  earned was recorded  in 1993
   which   reduced   earnings   applicable  to   continuing   operations  by
   $151 million, or $.36 per share.  The charge was net of a deferred income
   tax benefit of $101 million.  The annual periodic expense under  SFAS 112
   does not differ materially from expense under the prior method.





                                    F-56








                                   <PAGE>

G. Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights

   Key  employees of  the  Corporation have  outstanding  options and  stock
   appreciation rights ("SARs") which were granted under the Pacific Telesis
   Group 1994  Stock Incentive Plan (the  "Stock Plan") and a  previous plan
   (collectively,  the "Plans").  The Stock Plan was approved by shareowners
   effective January 1, 1994.  The previous plan expired December  31, 1993.
   A  total of  21,000,000  shares of  the  Corporation's common  stock  was
   authorized by the Board of Directors (the "Board") for grants of options,
   SARs, restricted  stock, and stock  units under  the Stock Plan.   As  of
   December 31,  1994,  the  remaining shares  authorized  were  13,963,200,
   including  146,000 remaining  shares separately  authorized for  grant to
   nonemployee  directors  of  the Board.    As of  the  termination  of the
   previous plan on December 31, 1993, 8,275,019 authorized shares remained,
   but were unused.  The remaining shares authorized for future grants as of
   December 31, 1992 were 8,342,767.

   Options granted under the  Plans were granted as nonqualified  options or
   as incentive stock options, and portions were granted in conjunction with
   SARs.  The original exercise price of each outstanding option and SAR was
   equal to the  fair market value of the Corporation's  common stock on the
   date of  grant.  The exercise  prices of options and  SARs outstanding at
   the time of the AirTouch spin-off were adjusted as described  below.  The
   exercise price  of each  option may  be paid in  cash or  by surrendering
   shares of common stock already owned by the holder, or with a combination
   of  cash and such shares.  Options  and associated SARs ordinarily become
   exercisable at stated times beginning at least one year after the date of
   grant.   The term of any  option or SAR cannot  exceed ten years.   As of
   December 31, 1994, 3,541,608 options and  SARs were exercisable at prices
   ranging  from  $12.4297 to  $31.6864,  after  exercise price  adjustments
   arising from the spin-off.


























                                    F-57








                                   <PAGE>

G. Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights (Cont'd)

   The  following table summarizes option  and SAR activity  during 1994 and
   1993:
                                         Price Range           Price Range
                                    1994  Per Share*      1993  Per Share*
   ------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Shares issuable under
     outstanding options                  $ 8.7008 -            $ 8.7008 -
     and SARs at January 1     6,185,201   27.6050   8,317,162   27.3824
                                                           
                                          $30.7500 -                    
   Options and SARs granted    7,215,800   32.1250     171,790  $27.6050    

   Options and SARs                       $ 8.7008 -            $ 8.7008 -
     exercised                (1,255,080)  27.6050  (2,199,709)  27.6050
                                                           
   Options and SARs                       $ 8.7008 -            $15.6577 -
     canceled or forfeited        (9,520)  27.6050    (104,042)  27.6050

   Options and SARs replaced
     for employees of spun-off            $12.4297 -
     operations               (1,393,993)  27.6050           -           -
                              -----------            ----------
   Shares issuable under
     outstanding options                  $12.4297 -            $ 8.7008 -
     and SARs at December 31  10,742,408   32.1250   6,185,201   27.6050
   ========================================================================

   *  Exercise prices per  share were  adjusted to reflect  the spin-off  of
      wireless operations on April 1, 1994.

   In  1992,  670,791 options  and SARs  were  exercised at  adjusted prices
   ranging from $8.7008 to $26.1951.

   Options and SARs held by  the continuing employees of the  Corporation at
   the  time  of the  spin-off were  supplemented  with an  equal  number of
   options and SARs for common shares of AirTouch.  The  exercise prices for
   the Corporation's  outstanding options and SARs were adjusted downward to
   reflect the value  of the supplemental  AirTouch options and  SARs.   The
   Corporation's balance sheet  reflects a  related liability  equal to  the
   difference between the  current market  price of AirTouch  stock and  the
   exercise  prices of  the supplemental  options  outstanding.   (See "Off-
   Balance-Sheet Risk" in  Note I on page  F-61.)  As of  December 31, 1994,
   3,931,470  supplemental  AirTouch  options  and  SARs  were  outstanding.
   Expiration dates for the supplemental options and SARs range from 1995 to
   2003.  










                                    F-58








                                   <PAGE>

G. Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights (Cont'd)

   Outstanding  options  and  SARs of  the  Corporation  that  were held  by
   employees of the wireless  operations at the spin-off date  were replaced
   by options  and SARs  for common  shares of  AirTouch.   AirTouch assumed
   liability for these replacement options and SARs.

   Certain  information presented in this  note is based  on estimates which
   are not expected to differ materially from actual amounts.

H. Debt and Lease Obligations

   Long-term  obligations  as  of December  31,  1994  and  1993 consist  of
   debentures of  $4,047 million each year and corporate notes of $1,295 and
   $1,603 million, respectively.  Maturities and interest rates of long-term
   obligations follow:
                                                           December 31
                                                     -----------------------
   Maturities and Interest Rates                        1994        1993 
   -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     (Dollars in millions)  

   1995            8.710%  to    9.320%               $    -      $  239 
   1996                          8.650%                   15          15 
   1997            8.990%  to   12.560%                   71          71 
   1999            4.625%  to    7.650%                  100         158 
   2000-2043       4.625%  to    9.500%                5,156       5,167 
                                                      ----------------------
                                                       5,342       5,650 
   Long-term capital lease obligations                    16          21 
   Unamortized discount - net of premium                (461)       (475)
   Less spun-off operations                                -         (67)
                                                      ----------------------
   Total long-term obligations                        $4,897      $5,129 
   =========================================================================

   Pacific  Bell  has  remaining authority  from  the  CPUC to  issue  up to
   $1.25 billion of long- and  intermediate-term debt.  The proceeds  may be
   used  only to redeem  maturing debt and  to refinance  other debt issues.
   Pacific Bell  has remaining  authority from  the Securities  and Exchange
   Commission (the  "SEC")  to  issue  up  to  $650  million  of  long-  and
   intermediate-term debt through a shelf registration filed in  April 1993.
   In addition, PacTel Capital Resources ("PTCR"), a wholly owned subsidiary
   of the Corporation,  may issue  up to $192 million  of medium-term  notes
   through a shelf registration on file with the SEC.












                                    F-59








                                   <PAGE>

H. Debt and Lease Obligations (Cont'd)

   Short-term   borrowings   have   been   substantially   repaid   as    of
   December 31, 1994.   As  of  December 31,  1994  and 1993,  the  weighted
   average interest rate on total short-term borrowings was 7.00 percent and
   3.25 percent, respectively.  Debt maturing within one year in the balance
   sheets consists  of short-term  borrowings and the  portion of  long-term
   obligations that matures within one year as follows:
                                                          December 31
                                                       -------------------
   (Dollars in millions)                               1994        1993  
   -----------------------------------------------------------------------
   Commercial paper................................    $  -        $587  
   Notes payable to banks..........................       2           5  
                                                       -------------------
   Total short-term borrowings.....................       2         592  
   Current maturities of long-term obligations.....     244          15  
                                                       -------------------
                                                        246         607  
   Less spun-off operations........................       -         (12) 
                                                       -------------------
   Total debt maturing within one year.............    $246        $595  
   =======================================================================
 
   Lines of Credit

   The Corporation  has various lines of  credit with certain banks.   These
   arrangements do not require compensating balances or commitment fees and,
   accordingly, are subject to continued review by the lending institutions.
   As  of December  31, 1994  and  1993, the  total unused  lines of  credit
   available were approximately $2.2 and $1.7 billion, respectively.

I. Financial Instruments

   The  following  table   presents  the  estimated   fair  values  of   the
   Corporation's financial instruments:  
                                      December 31, 1994   December 31, 1993
                                      -----------------   -----------------
                                              Estimated           Estimated
                                      Carrying   Fair     Carrying   Fair  
   (Dollars in millions)               Amount    Value     Amount    Value 
   ------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Cash and cash equivalents........   $  135   $  135     $   69   $   69 
   Debt maturing within one year....      246      246        595      595 
   Deposit liabilities..............      305      305        296      296 
   Long-term debt...................   $4,881   $4,729     $5,108   $5,714 
   ========================================================================










                                    F-60








                                   <PAGE>

I. Financial Instruments (Cont'd)

   The  following methods  and assumptions  were used  to estimate  the fair
   values of each category of financial instrument:  

   The  fair values of  cash and cash equivalents,  debt maturing within one
   year, and deposit liabilities  approximate their carrying amounts because
   of the short-term maturities of these instruments.

   The  fair value  of long-term  debt issues  as of  December 31,  1994 was
   estimated based on the  net present value of future expected  cash flows,
   which were discounted using current interest rates.  The fair value as of
   December 31, 1993  was estimated using quotes on  an exchange or interest
   rates available to  the Corporation under  similar terms and  maturities.
   The carrying amounts reflect unamortized net discount.

   Off-Balance-Sheet Risk

   The Corporation holds an  equity swap contract to hedge  exposure to risk
   of  market  changes related  to  its recorded  liability  for outstanding
   employee  stock options  for AirTouch  common stock and  associated SARs.
   (See   Note  G  -  "Stock  Options  and  Stock  Appreciation  Rights"  on
   page F-57.)    The Corporation  plans to  make  open market  purchases of
   AirTouch  stock to satisfy its obligation for options that are exercised.
   Off-balance-sheet  risk exists to the extent the market price of AirTouch
   stock rises above the  market price reflected in the  liability's current
   carrying value.   The equity swap was entered to  hedge this exposure and
   minimize  the impact of market  fluctuations.  The  contract entitles the
   Corporation to receive  settlement payments  to the extent  the price  of
   AirTouch common stock rises above the notional value of $23.74 per share,
   but  imposes an  obligation to  make  payments to  the  extent the  price
   declines below  this level.  The  total notional amount of  the contract,
   $96 million as  of December 31,  1994, covers  the approximate number  of
   AirTouch  options and  SARs outstanding  on that  date.   The Corporation
   plans to periodically  adjust downward the outstanding notional amount as
   the  options and  SARs are exercised.   The equity  swap contract expires
   March 1999.

   Both the equity swap  and the Corporation's liability for  AirTouch stock
   options and SARs are carried in the balance sheet at their market values,
   which were immaterial  as of December  31, 1994.   Gains and losses  from
   quarterly   market  adjustments   of   the  carrying   amounts  of   both
   substantially offset in results of operations.   As of December 31, 1994,
   the  accounting loss which would  be incurred from  nonperformance by the
   counterparty   to  the  equity  swap  was  $22  million.    However,  the
   Corporation  does  not  expect  to  realize  any loss  from  counterparty
   nonperformance.










                                    F-61








                                   <PAGE>

J. Related Party Transactions

   During 1993  and 1992, the Corporation made net cash investments in spun-
   off operations of $356 and $399 million, respectively.  These investments
   include capital contributions  to AirTouch  of $1,180  and $212  million,
   respectively,  in  each  year,  and  are  reported  net  of  intercompany
   borrowings  and repayments.   The net investments  also reflect dividends
   received  from AirTouch of $114  and $108 million,  respectively, in 1993
   and  1992.     During   1993,  AirTouch  substantially   repaid  previous
   intercompany borrowings from the Corporation which reduced  a net balance
   receivable from spun-off  operations by $715  million that  year.  As  of
   December  31, 1992,  this  balance principally  included $858 million  of
   borrowings  by AirTouch  from  PTCR, less  $115  million payable  by  the
   Corporation to AirTouch for tax benefits.  The 1993 repayment by AirTouch
   was  made   primarily  using   proceeds  of  the   Corporation's  capital
   contributions.  A  remaining net  receivable balance of  $33 million  was
   repaid in 1994.

   Miscellaneous  income  of  the  Corporation for  1993  and  1992 reflects
   interest  income   of  $20  and  $46  million,   respectively,  from  the
   intercompany  borrowings by  AirTouch.   The  borrowings  from PTCR  were
   primarily  in the form of  promissory notes bearing  interest at variable
   rates which averaged 6.1  and 5.7 percent, respectively, during  1993 and
   1992.    In addition,  Pacific  Telesis  provided certain  administrative
   services to  AirTouch  and charged  for  these services  through  90 days
   following the April 1, 1994 spin-off date.

   A separation agreement for the spin-off provided  for complete separation
   of  all  AirTouch properties  from  the Corporation.    The Corporation's
   consolidated  federal income  tax return  for 1994 will  include AirTouch
   through the spin-off date.

K. Capital Stock

   Shareowners

   As of January 31, 1995, the number of shareowners was 815,217.

   Preferred Stock

   The Corporation's Articles of  Incorporation include a provision  for the
   issuance of up to 50,000,000 preferred shares (par value $0.10 per share)
   in  one or  more series  with full  or limited  voting powers  or without
   voting powers, and with such designations, preferences, and rights as the
   Board may determine.

   Treasury Stock

   From time to  time, the Corporation purchases shares of  its common stock
   and  holds these shares as  treasury stock.   Separately, the Corporation
   had  purchased 46,312,982 of its  shares through December  31, 1990 under
   Board  authorizations allowing the  purchase of up  to 55,000,000 shares.
   Treasury  stock that  is held  later may  be reissued in  connection with
   acquisitions,  the  Corporation's  shareowner dividend  reinvestment  and
   stock purchase plan ("DRISPP"), and employee benefit plans.  


                                    F-62








                                   <PAGE>

K. Capital Stock (Cont'd)

   During  1994,  1993, and  1992,  respectively,  the Corporation  reissued
   1,006,122, 17,966,717,  and 4,074,578 treasury shares  in connection with
   the DRISPP and employee benefit plans.  The greater amount of reissuances
   in 1993,  $728 million (at  cost), primarily  reflects additional  equity
   raised  that year  from a  discounted stock  purchase offering  under the
   DRISPP.   As of  December 31,  1994,  8,762,430 shares  remained held  as
   treasury stock pending their ultimate disposition.

   Employee Stock Ownership Trust

   All matching employer contributions to the Savings Plans are made through
   a leveraged employee stock ownership plan ("LESOP") trust.  (See "Defined
   Contribution Plans" in Note  E on page F-54.)  During 1989, Bankers Trust
   Company, as trustee of the Pacific Telesis Group Employee Stock Ownership
   Plan Trust, purchased  13,900,000 of the Corporation's treasury shares at
   a  price of $691,052,400 in exchange for a promissory note from the trust
   to the Corporation.  The note payable by the trust is  not reflected as a
   liability of the Corporation and, in accordance with accepted  accounting
   treatment, the remaining cost of unallocated trust shares is carried as a
   reduction of shareowners' equity (as "deferred compensation").  Principal
   and  interest on  the  note  is  paid  from  employer  contributions  and
   dividends received by the trust.

   The  following table summarizes the  Corporation's expense each year from
   the  allocation of  shares held  by the  LESOP trust  to the  accounts of
   employees participating in the Savings Plans:

   (Dollars in millions)                            1994     1993      1992
   -------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Total compensation and interest expense
     recognized*...............................      $60      $65       $81
   Interest expense portion**..................       19       20        27
   Other information:
     Employer contributions to trust...........       77       76        74
     Dividends received by trust...............      $35      $30       $30
   =========================================================================
    *  Determined  using the  shares-allocated accounting  method and  after
       being reduced by dividends paid on shares held by the trust.

   **  The  Corporation's LESOP  interest  expense is  matched  by an  equal
       amount  of interest  income earned  on the  promissory note  from the
       trust and reflected in miscellaneous income.













                                    F-63








                                   <PAGE>

K. Capital Stock (Cont'd)

   Shares  held by  the  LESOP  trust are  released  for allocation  to  the
   accounts of employees as employer matching contributions are earned.  The
   following table summarizes the Corporation's shares held by the trust:
   
                                                           December 31      
                                                ----------------------------
                                                        1994           1993
   -------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Shares allocated to employee accounts.......    9,142,067      5,521,697
   Shares committed to be allocated*...........      167,641         94,822
   Shares unallocated..........................   11,420,334      7,755,455
                                                ----------------------------
   Total shares held by trust..................   20,730,042     13,371,974
   =========================================================================
   * Represents employer matching contributions earned by employees, but not
     yet allocated to employee accounts.  

   Effective with the April 1, 1994  spin-off, the LESOP trust received  one
   share  of AirTouch  stock  for each  Pacific  Telesis Group  share  held.
   During   1994,  the  trust  sold  the  AirTouch  shares  it  received  on
   unallocated shares using the  proceeds to purchase Pacific  Telesis Group
   shares.  In addition, AirTouch shares received for allocated trust shares
   were used to purchase  Pacific Telesis Group shares except  for employees
   who  elected  to retain  and transfer  their  AirTouch shares  from their
   savings match  account to another investment  fund.  The number  of trust
   shares increased by 7,887,851 shares as a result of these transactions.

   Statement  of  Position 93-6  ("SOP  93-6"),  "Employers' Accounting  for
   Employee  Stock Ownership  Plans," issued  by the  American Institute  of
   Certified Public  Accountants, establishes  new accounting rules  for new
   LESOP  shares.   As  allowed  by  specific provisions  of  SOP  93-6, the
   Corporation continues to  follow the  prior rules in  accounting for  the
   LESOP trust.

   Shareowner Rights Plan

   During  1989, the Board  adopted a shareowner rights  plan to enhance its
   ability to protect the shareowners' interests if the Corporation is faced
   with  a  hostile  acquisition proposal.  Under  the  terms  of the  plan,
   shareowners of record as of October  10, 1989 received one right for each
   share of  the Corporation's common stock  held on that date.   Initially,
   the  rights are not exercisable and trade automatically with the Corpora-
   tion's  common stock.  If a  takeover attempt occurred that satisfied the
   tests described  in the plan, each  right (except for rights  held by the
   person or group making that  takeover attempt) would become the  right to
   purchase  common stock  at one-half  its then  market value  (or,  at the
   Board's  discretion, could be exchanged for an additional share of common
   stock).  The rights do not have any voting rights,  may be redeemed under
   certain circumstances at $0.01 per right, and expire on October 10, 1999.






                                    F-64








                                   <PAGE>

L. Commitments and Contingencies

   Broadband Network

   In  December 1994,  Pacific Bell  contracted for  the purchase  of up  to
   $2 billion  of  broadband  network  facilities   which  will  incorporate
   emerging technologies.    Pacific Bell  is  committed to  purchase  these
   facilities in 1998 if they meet certain quality and performance criteria.

   Revenues Subject to Refund

   In 1992, the CPUC issued a decision adopting, with modification, SFAS 106
   for  regulatory accounting  purposes.   The  CPUC  decision also  granted
   Pacific Bell  revenue   increases  for   recovery  of  contributions   to
   tax-advantaged funding vehicles  for SFAS  106 costs.   Annual price  cap
   decisions by  the CPUC granted Pacific  Bell $100 million in  each of the
   years 1995 and 1994 for partial recovery of higher costs  under SFAS 106.
   However, the CPUC in October 1994 reopened the proceeding to determine if
   Pacific  Bell should continue to  recover these costs.   The CPUC's order
   held that related revenues  collected after October 12, 1994  are subject
   to  refund.    The Corporation  believes  these  costs  are appropriately
   included in Pacific  Bell's price cap filings,  but is unable to  predict
   the outcome.

   Purchase Options

   In  June  1990, Prime  Cable of  Chicago,  Inc. ("Prime  Cable") acquired
   certain  Chicago  cable  television  properties   from  Group  W.     The
   Corporation,  through  its  PacTel  Cable subsidiary,  holds  options  to
   purchase  a  75  percent  interest  in  Prime  Cable.    TC  Cable,  Inc.
   ("TC Cable") now holds this  interest.  PacTel Capital Funding,  a wholly
   owned subsidiary of the  Corporation, has guaranteed bank  financing used
   by TC  Cable and its  parent corporation to  acquire this interest.   The
   guarantees cover initial loan amounts of $60 million as  well as interest
   accruing  on  the  loans which  will  be added  to  the  outstanding loan
   balances  up to  an  aggregate of  $136 million.   In  the  Corporation's
   opinion, the  likelihood that  it will  be required  to pay principal  or
   interest on this debt under these guarantees is remote.



















                                    F-65








                                   <PAGE>

M. Additional Financial Information
                                                           December 31
                                                     -----------------------
   (Dollars in millions)                                1994        1993 
   -------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Prepaid expenses and other current assets:
     Prepaid directory expenses...................   $   328     $   341 
     Miscellaneous prepaid expenses...............        33          33 
     Notes and other receivables..................       115          53 
     Inventory and supplies.......................        60          69 
     Current deferred tax benefits................       458         462 
     Net receivable from spun-off operations......         -          33 
     PCS auction deposit..........................        56           - 
     Deferred compensation trusts.................       124           - 
     Other........................................        32          38 
                                                     -----------------------
   Total..........................................   $ 1,206     $ 1,029 
   =========================================================================
   Property, plant, and equipment - net:
     Land and buildings...........................   $ 2,625     $ 2,980 
     Cable, conduit, and connections..............    10,818      10,494 
     Central office equipment.....................     9,598       9,542 
     Furniture, equipment, and other..............     2,948       3,005 
     Construction in progress.....................       576         586 
                                                     -----------------------
                                                      26,565      26,607 
     Less:  accumulated depreciation..............   (10,451)     (9,961)
                                                     -----------------------
   Total..........................................   $16,114     $16,646 
   =========================================================================



























                                    F-66








                                   <PAGE>

M. Additional Financial Information (Cont'd)

                                                            December 31
                                                     -----------------------
   (Dollars in millions)                                1994        1993 
   -------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Accounts payable and accrued liabilities:
     Accounts payable:
       Trade.....................................     $  720      $  606 
       Payroll...................................         47          57 
       Checks outstanding........................        336         192 
       Other:
         Incentive awards payable................        237         190 
         Other...................................        139         202 
     Interest accrued............................        136         123 
     Advance billing and customers' deposits.....        292         275 
                                                     -----------------------
   Total.........................................     $1,907      $1,645 
   =========================================================================
   Other current liabilities:
     Accrued vacation pay........................     $  287      $  290 
     Dividends payable...........................        231         231 
     Restructuring reserves......................        554         480 
     Other.......................................        258         167 
                                                     -----------------------
   Total.........................................     $1,330      $1,168 
   =========================================================================
   Other noncurrent liabilities and deferred credits:
     Unamortized investment tax credits..........     $  473      $  536 
     Accrued pension cost liability..............        879         695 
     Restructuring reserves......................        386       1,045 
     Accrued postretirement benefit obligation...      2,322       2,385 
     Other.......................................        793         855 
                                                     -----------------------
   Total.........................................     $4,853      $5,516 
   =========================================================================





















                                    F-67








                                   <PAGE>

M.  Additional Financial Information (Cont'd)
                                                   For the Year Ended
                                                       December 31
                                              ------------------------------
   (Dollars in millions)                        1994      1993      1992 
   -------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Other service revenues:
     Directory advertising.................   $1,003    $1,007    $1,020 
     Other.................................      425       397       359 
                                              ------------------------------
   Total...................................   $1,428    $1,404    $1,379 
   =========================================================================
   Miscellaneous income:
     Interest income.......................   $   29    $   27    $  135 
     Other.................................       26        21        67 
                                              ------------------------------
   Total...................................   $   55    $   48    $  202 
   =========================================================================
   Advertising expense.....................   $   68    $   63    $   80 
   =========================================================================
   CASH PAYMENTS FOR:
   Interest................................   $  442    $  514    $  517 
   Income taxes............................   $  737    $  771    $  788 
   =========================================================================
   NONCASH TRANSACTIONS:
   Treasury shares issued in lieu of
     cash dividends under shareowner
     dividend reinvestment plan............   $   17    $  143    $   70 
   Spin-off stock distribution.............   $2,901         -         - 
   ========================================================================

   Major Customer


   Nearly   all  of   the  Corporation's   operating   revenues  were   from
   telecommunications  and  related  services.   Approximately  11  percent,
   11 percent, and  12 percent of these revenues were  earned in 1994, 1993,
   and 1992,  respectively, for services  provided to AT&T  Corp.  No  other
   customer accounted for more than 10 percent of revenues.


















                                    F-68








                                   <PAGE>

N. Quarterly Financial Data
   (Unaudited)
                             (Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)
                             -----------------------------------------------
   1994                          First      Second      Third     Fourth
   -------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Operating revenues........  $ 2,294     $ 2,256     $2,329    $ 2,356
   Operating income..........      548         547        603        496
   Earnings:
   Income from continuing
     operations..............      282         278        314        262
   Income from spun-off
     operations..............       23           -          -          -
   Net income................  $   305     $   278     $  314    $   262

   Earnings per share:
   Income from continuing
     operations..............  $  0.67     $  0.65     $ 0.74    $  0.62
   Income from spun-off
     operations..............     0.05           -          -          -
   Net income................  $  0.72     $  0.65     $ 0.74    $  0.62
   -------------------------------------------------------------------------
   1993                          First      Second      Third     Fourth
   -------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Operating revenues........  $ 2,286     $ 2,317     $2,344     $2,297 
   Operating income (loss)...      125         549        571       (583)
   Earnings (loss):
   Income (loss) from 
     continuing operations...        6         283        307       (405)
   Income (loss) from spun-off
     operations..............       (9)          8         16         14 
   Cumulative effect of
     accounting changes......   (1,724)          -          -          - 
   Net income (loss).........  $(1,727)    $   291     $  323     $ (391)

   Earnings (loss) per share:
   Income (loss) from continuing
     operations..............  $  0.01     $  0.69     $ 0.73     $(0.96)
   Income (loss) from spun-off
     operations..............    (0.02)       0.02       0.04       0.04 
   Cumulative effect of
     accounting changes......    (4.24)          -          -          - 
   Net income (loss).........  $ (4.25)    $  0.71     $ 0.77     $(0.92)
   =========================================================================

   Operating revenues, operating income, and certain other  data reflect the
   effects  of  the spin-off  by  separately  classifying the  Corporation's
   previous  interests  in  the  operating  results  of  AirTouch  from  the
   continuing operations  of Pacific Telesis Group.  (See Note A - "Basis of
   Presentation" on page F-42.)







                                    F-69








                                   <PAGE>

N. Quarterly Financial Data (Continued)

   Second quarter 1994 results  reflect an after-tax charge of  $29 million,
   or $.07 per share, resulting  from a CPUC order related to  customer late
   payment charges.

   Fourth quarter  1993 results  reflect after-tax restructuring  charges of
   $603 million, or $1.43 per  share, to cover the cost  of force reductions
   and spin-off related costs.  Other one-time items reduced earnings by 
   $67 million, or $.15 per share.

   First  quarter 1993 results reflect after-tax charges of $1.7 billion, or
   $4.24 per share, relating to the Corporation's adoption of new accounting
   standards  for postretirement  and postemployment  benefits,  and several
   restructuring  reserves  which reduced  first  quarter  1993 earnings  by
   $258 million, or $.63 per share.









































                                    F-70








                                   <PAGE>

Stock Trading Activity and Dividends Paid
                                                                  Payment
1994                         High         Low      Dividends       Date  
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

First Quarter...........   $58.000      $51.000       $0.545       5/2/94
Second Quarter*.........   $32.375      $29.875       $0.545       8/1/94
Third Quarter*..........   $33.500      $30.125       $0.545      11/1/94
Fourth Quarter*.........   $32.125      $28.250       $0.545       2/1/95
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  Payment
1993                         High         Low      Dividends       Date  
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

First Quarter...........   $49.375      $43.250       $0.545       5/3/93
Second Quarter..........   $49.250      $45.000       $0.545       8/2/93
Third Quarter...........   $56.500      $47.875       $0.545      11/1/93
Fourth Quarter..........   $59.125      $53.250       $0.545       2/1/94
============================================================================
(Stock trading  activity:   based on  New York  Stock  Exchange -  Composite
Transactions)

*  Reflects market prices per share subsequent to the April 1, 1994 
   spin-off of AirTouch.

Dividends

The record date is  set by the Pacific  Telesis Group Board of Directors  at
the  time it  declares a dividend.   Based  on the  current schedule, record
dates  are expected in April, July, October, and December, and dividends are
expected to  be paid  in May,  August, November,  and  February.   Quarterly
reports are mailed with dividend checks.

Stock Listing

     New York, Pacific, Chicago exchanges     PAC
     London, Swiss exchanges                  Pacific Telesis
     Newspaper stock tables                   Pac Telesis


Copies of the Pacific Telesis Group 1994 Form 10-K filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission may be obtained by writing to:

     Shareowner Relations
     Pacific Telesis Group
     130 Kearny Street, Suite 2907
     San Francisco, California 94108










                                    F-71








                                   <PAGE>

                                  APPENDIX
                                  --------

GRAPHIC AND IMAGE MATERIAL


Following is a description of the stock performance chart under  the heading
"Performance Graph" on page 20, entitled "Comparison of Five-Year Cumulative
Total Return for  Pacific Telesis Group, the Six Other RHCs  and the S&P 500
Index."  This information is depicted in a line graph, and the left vertical
axis indicates the dollar range.  The lowest value for this range is $50.00,
and it increases in $50 increments to the top listed value  of $200.00.  The
horizontal axis shows the time period beginning with the year 1989, followed
by five consecutive year intervals  ending in 1994.  Pacific  Telesis Group,
represented by a  solid bold  line, reflects the following  values:  1989  -
$100; 1990 - $94;   1991 - $97; 1992 - $102;  1993 - $130; and 1994  - $129.
The  Six RHCs, represented  by a  short, bold  dash, reflects  the following
values:  1989 - $100, 1990 -  $98; 1991 - $103; 1992 - $116; 1993 -$135; and
1994 - $131.  The S&P 500 Index, represented by a long,  thin dash, reflects
the following values:  1989 - $100;  1990 - $97;  1991 - $126;  1992 - $136;
1993 - $150; and 1994 - $158.  













































                                   <PAGE>

                                                                  ATTACHMENT
                                                                  ----------








                            PACIFIC TELESIS GROUP
                              SENIOR MANAGEMENT
                          LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
                    (Restated Effective January 1, 1995)




















































                                   <PAGE>

                              TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                        PAGE
                                                                        ----

SECTION 1.  PURPOSE.....................................................   1

SECTION 2.  ELIGIBILITY.................................................   1

SECTION 3.  UNITS GRANTED...............................................   1
            (a)  Awards Of Units........................................   1
            (b)  Award Performance Period...............................   1
            (c)  Interim Awards.........................................   2
            (d)  Limitation On Aggregate Units Granted..................   2
            (e)  No Shareowner Rights...................................   2

SECTION 4.  UNITS EARNED................................................   2
            (a)  Determination Of Units Earned And Criteria.............   2
            (b)  Limitation On Aggregate Units Earned...................   3
            (c)  Cancellation Of Unearned Units Granted.................   3
            (d)  Special Rule For Determination Of Units Earned
                   For Certain Participants.............................   3

SECTION 5.  DISTRIBUTION RULES..........................................   3

SECTION 6.  DIVIDEND EQUIVALENTS........................................   5

SECTION 7.  PAYMENTS AND DISTRIBUTIONS BY PARTICIPATING COMPANIES.......   5

SECTION 8.  ADJUSTMENTS.................................................   6

SECTION 9.  OTHER CONDITIONS............................................   7

SECTION 10. DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARIES................................   8

SECTION 11. PLAN ADMINISTRATION.........................................   8

SECTION 12. CLAIMS AND APPEALS..........................................   8

SECTION 13. MODIFICATION OR TERMINATION OF PLAN.........................   9

SECTION 14. DEFINITIONS.................................................   9
























                                   <PAGE>

                            PACIFIC TELESIS GROUP
                              SENIOR MANAGEMENT
                          LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
                    (Restated Effective January 1, 1995)


SECTION  1.   PURPOSE.   The  purpose of  the  Pacific Telesis  Group Senior
Management Long Term Incentive Plan (the "Plan") is to promote the interests
of Pacific Telesis Group (hereinafter  "the Corporation") and its subsidiary
and associated companies which shall have elected to participate in the Plan
(the Corporation and such  companies being called "Participating Companies")
and  its   stockholders  by  attracting,  retaining,   and  stimulating  the
performance of selected  employees of the Corporation  and the Participating
Companies,  giving  such employees  an  opportunity  to acquire  proprietary
interests in the Corporation, and creating an increased personal interest in
the continued success and progress of the Corporation and its subsidiaries.

SECTION 2.   ELIGIBILITY.  Employees  of Participating Companies who  at the
time awards  are granted are  in active  service and are  determined by  the
board of directors  or other governing body of their respective employer (or
in the  case of employees of the Corporation by  the Committee) to be in the
senior management compensation group are eligible for awards under the Plan.
Employees are not  rendered ineligible by  reason of being  a member of  the
board of directors  or governing body of any  Participating Company.  Awards
may be granted to employees  on leave of absence and to employees  absent on
account of disability and receiving sickness or accident disability benefits
who at  the time such  leave of absence  or disability commenced  would have
been eligible,  subject to such conditions, if any, as the granting body may
establish. 

SECTION 3.  UNITS GRANTED.  

  (a)   AWARDS  OF UNITS.   The board  of directors or  other governing body
        of each Participating Company and,  in the case of  the Corporation,
        the Committee, may  grant awards of units ("Units Granted") for each
        year, in such amounts and to such of  the eligible members of senior
        management  employed by such Participating  Company as such body may
        determine in its  sole discretion (the "Participants"),  subject, in
        the case  of  grants by  bodies other  than  the Committee,  to  the
        concurrence of the Committee.

  (b)   AWARD  PERFORMANCE PERIOD.   Except  as  otherwise provided  herein,
        Units   Granted  shall  become   distributable  to  Participants  in
        accordance with Section 5  only after the end of a period  of two or
        more years, beginning with the year in which the awards are  granted
        (unless the granting body specifies that the applicable  period will
        commence   in  a  later  year  )  (the  "Performance  Period").  The
        Performance Period shall  be set by  the Committee  for each  year's
        awards of Units Granted by all Participating Companies.  








                                      1








                                   <PAGE>

  (c)   INTERIM  AWARDS.   The  Committee,  if  it  determines  in its  sole
        discretion   that  it   is   necessary   or  advisable   under   the
        circumstances, may adopt rules pursuant  to which members of  senior
        management by   virtue of hire,  promotion or  upgrade, or  transfer
        from another  company in which the  Corporation has or had  a direct
        or indirect  ownership interest, or by  virtue of special individual
        circumstances, may  be  granted units  in  respect  of one  or  more
        Performance Periods that  began in prior  years and  at the time  of
        the grant have not yet been completed.

  (d)   LIMITATION  ON AGGREGATE  UNITS  GRANTED.  The aggregate  number  of
        Units Granted to all Participants in any year shall not exceed  0.5%
        of the total number of Shares outstanding  at the time the award  is
        granted under (a) or (c) above.  

  (e)   NO   SHAREOWNER  RIGHTS.    Units   Granted  shall   not  entitle  a
        Participant to any rights as a shareowner of the Corporation.

SECTION 4.  UNITS EARNED.  

  (a)   DETERMINATION  OF UNITS  EARNED  AND CRITERIA.    The number  of the
        Units Granted that will be  distributed to a Participant at the  end
        of a  Performance Period ("Units  Earned") shall vary from  0 to 200
        percent  of the  Units  Granted to  such Participant,  determined as
        soon as  practicable after each  Performance Period  based upon  the
        level of achievement during  the Performance Period of the following
        criteria:

        A.  Financial  performance  of  the  Company  and  its  consolidated
            subsidiaries, based  on criteria set by the Committee, or, if no
            other criteria is set,  then on the consolidated results  of the
            Corporation and  its consolidated subsidiaries (prepared  on the
            same basis as  the financial statements published  for financial
            reporting purposes and  adjusted in accordance with  Section 8);
            provided that  the  Committee,  if it  determines  in  its  sole
            discretion  that  it   is  necessary  or  advisable   under  the
            circumstances,  may determine  that the  determination of  Units
            Earned for  eligible members  of senior  management employed  by
            one or more  of the  Participating Companies shall  be based  on
            financial  performance  criteria of  one  or more  Participating
            Companies,  either in  combination with  or in  lieu of measures
            for  the Corporation  and  its  consolidated subsidiaries  as  a
            whole.

        B.  Other predetermined  performance criteria as  determined by  the
            Committee, which  may include  individual performance  criteria,
            and which may differ as between Participants.

The Committee may establish threshold criteria  which must be achieved for a
Performance  Period in order for Units Granted  to be determined to be Units
Earned.  The performance  levels  achieved for  each Performance  Period and
percentage  of Units to be  distributed shall be  conclusively determined by
the Committee. (1)




                                      2








                                   <PAGE>

  (b)   LIMITATION  ON   AGGREGATE  UNITS   EARNED.     Notwithstanding  the
        foregoing,in   no  event   may   the   Units  Earned   that   become
        distributable at the end of a  single Performance Period (or at  the
        end of  two or  more Performance  Periods related  to Units  Granted
        made in a single  year) exceed  0.5% of the  total number of  Shares
        outstanding at the time such Units Earned become distributable.  

  (c)   CANCELLATION OF  UNEARNED UNITS  GRANTED.  The  Units Granted  under
        Section 3 that  are not subsequently determined under this Section 4
        to be Units Earned shall be canceled.

  (d)   SPECIAL  RULE  FOR   DETERMINATION  OF  UNITS  EARNED   FOR  CERTAIN
        PARTICIPANTS.  Notwithstanding  (a) above, the following  provisions
        shall apply to  any Participant who, as of  the end of a Performance
        Period, is  a  "covered  employee"  within the  meaning  of  section
        162(m)  of  the Internal  Revenue  Code  of  1986,  as amended  (the
        "Code"):

        A.  The aggregate  cash  value of  Units Earned  determined for  all
            such  Participants  shall  be the  sum  of  0.4%  of "Cash  from
            Operating   Activities"   (as   publicly    disclosed   in   the
            Corporation's  consolidated financial statements)  for each year
            included  in the  Performance Period,  divided by  the number of
            years in such Performance Period.

        B.  The  aggregate cash  value of  Units Earned  determined  under A
            above shall  be allocated among  all such  Participants pro-rata
            based  on each such  Participant's base salary  at the beginning
            of the Performance Period.

        C.  Those  members of  the  Committee  who are   outside  directors'
            (within the  meaning of section  162(m) of the  Code) shall have
            discretion  to reduce  Units  Earned  determined for  each  such
            Participant based on the criteria set forth in (a)  above or any
            other criteria such Committee members deem appropriate.

SECTION 5.  DISTRIBUTION RULES.

     (a)  As  soon as practicable after determination of the number of Units
          Earned, such  Units Earned shall be distributed  in the form of an
          equal number  of the Corporation's common  shares ("Shares"), cash
          equal  in value  to such  Shares, or  a combination of  Shares and
          cash,  as determined  by  the  Committee.    For  the  purpose  of
          distribution of Units Earned in cash, the value of a Unit shall be
          determined  based on  an  appropriate measurement  of fair  market
          value selected by the Committee.  

     (b)  Notwithstanding subsection  (a), the Committee may  direct that an
          estimate of less than the total Units Earned (calculated in such a
          manner  as to  be reasonably  certain that  the estimate  will not
          exceed  the finally  determined Units  Earned) may  be distributed
          immediately prior to  the end  of a Performance  Period, with  the
          balance  to be distributed at such time as the final determination
          of the number of Units Earned is made.



                                      3








                                   <PAGE>

     (c)  In case  of the  death of a  Participant prior  to the end  of any
          Performance Period, whether before or after any event set forth in
          (d) below, the number of Units Granted to the Participant for such
          Performance Period shall be  reduced pro rata based on  the number
          of months remaining in  the Performance Period after the  month of
          death.  The remaining Units Granted, adjusted in the discretion of
          the Committee  to  the  percentage  indicated  by  the  levels  of
          performance  achieved prior to the date of death, if any, shall be
          distributed within a reasonable time after death.  All other Units
          Granted  to the Participant  for such Performance  Period shall be
          canceled.

     (d)  Termination of employment or absence of a Participant prior to the
          end of  any Performance  Period under circumstances  entitling the
          Participant to any of the following pensions or benefits shall not
          affect  Units Granted  previously  to such  Participant under  the
          Plan:

          (i)     Service Pension  or Disability  Pension  under the  Pacific
                  Telesis Group Pension Plan for Salaried Employees,

          (ii)    Sickness  or   Accident  Disability   Benefits  under   the
                  Participating  Company's  Sickness and  Accident Disability
                  Benefit Plan,

          (iii)   Minimum Retirement  Benefit or  Disability Allowance  under
                  the  Participating Company's  senior management  Long  Term
                  Disability and Survivor Protection Plan, or 

          (iv)    Pensions or  benefits of a  similar type substituted  under
                  any such plan or a plan substituted for, or  supplementing,
                  any such plan, as determined by the Committee.

     (e)  In case  of any other  termination of employment, or  any leave of
          absence  of a  Participant, prior  to the  end of  any Performance
          Period, unless concurrently  reemployed with another Participating
          Company,  all Units Granted to the Participant with respect to any
          such  Performance  Period  shall  be  immediately  forfeited   and
          canceled;  provided,  however, that  in  the  event of  concurrent
          reemployment  with  a   nonparticipating  company  in   which  the
          Corporation has or had   a direct or indirect  ownership interest,
          the  Committee may  determine  that a  continuation, proration  or
          early distribution  of units previously awarded,  or a combination
          thereof, should be made.

     (f)  In  the  case of  withdrawal from  the  Plan of  the Participating
          Company, the Committee,  if it determines  in its sole  discretion
          that  it is  necessary to  advisable under the  circumstances, may
          authorize the  proration or  early distribution, or  a combination
          thereof, of Units Granted previously awarded at any time under the
          Plan to  Participants employed  by such  withdrawing Participating
          Company.





                                      4








                                   <PAGE>

     (g)  All  Units Granted to  a Participant and  such Participant's Units
          Earned not previously distributed  shall be forfeited and canceled
          if the  Participant is discharged  by a Participating  Company for
          cause or the Committee determines  that the Participant engaged in
          misconduct  in connection  with the Participant s  employment with
          the Participating Company.  

     (h)  All Units Granted  to a Participant and not previously distributed
          shall  be  forfeited  and  canceled   in  their  entirety  if  the
          Participant,  without the  consent  of the  Participating  Company
          obligated under Section 7 for the distribution of the Units Earned
          and  while  employed  by   such  Participating  Company  or  after
          termination of  such employment and  prior to distribution  of all
          such  Units,  becomes  associated  with, employed  by  or  renders
          services to, or owns an interest in, any business (other than as a
          shareholder with a nonsubstantial  interest in such business) that
          is competitive with any Participating Company or with any business
          with which  the Corporation has  a substantial direct  or indirect
          interest, as determined by the Committee.   The foregoing sentence
          shall  not apply  to Units  Earned the  distribution of  which has
          previously been deferred by the Participant in accordance with the
          provisions of  the Pacific Telesis Group  Executive Deferral Plan.
          The  provisions  of this  subsection (h)  shall be  effective with
          respect to  each  Participant  to  the extent  not  prohibited  by
          applicable law.

     (i)  Not withstanding  any other provision  of the Plan,  the Committee
          (1) may reduce or eliminate Units Granted to a Participant who has
          been  demoted, and  (2)  where circumstances  warrant, may  permit
          continued  participation, proration  or early  distribution, or  a
          combination  thereof, of  Units Granted  which would  otherwise be
          canceled.

SECTION 6.  DIVIDEND EQUIVALENTS.  A cash payment in an amount  equal to the
dividend payable on one Share will be made to each Participant for each Unit
which,  on  the record  date  for  the dividend,  had  been  awarded to  the
Participant and not distributed or canceled.

SECTION  7.   PAYMENTS AND  DISTRIBUTIONS BY  PARTICIPATING COMPANIES.   All
payments  and  distributions to  a  Participant  under the  Plan,  including
dividend equivalent payments under Section 6, shall be the obligation of the
Participating  Company  employing  the  Participant  during  the  applicable
Performance  Period.     In   case  of  transfers   of  Participants   among
Participating  Companies,   dividend  equivalents  shall  be   paid  by  the
Participating  Company that at the time  of payment employs or last employed
the  Participant  and  the  distribution  of  Units  shall  be  paid  by the
Participating Company that at the  end of the Performance Period  employs or
last employed the Participant; provided that the Committee, if it determines
in  its  sole  discretion  that  it is  necessary  or  advisable  under  the
circumstances,  may   provide  for  payment  of   dividend  equivalents  and
distributable Units  Earned by the respective  Participating Companies based
on relative periods of employment of the Participants by such companies.





                                      5








                                   <PAGE>

SECTION 8. ADJUSTMENTS.

     (a)  In  the event  of any  stock dividend or  split, recapitalization,
          merger,   consolidation,  combination   or  exchange   of  shares,
          distribution   to   shareholders,   spin-off    to   shareholders,
          significant  disposition  of  assets  or other  similar  corporate
          change,   the  Committee   shall  be   authorized  to   make  such
          adjustments, if any, that  it deems appropriate in (1)  the number
          or  kind of Units Granted then held in the Participants  accounts,
          (2) the kind of Units which may thereafter be granted, and (3) the
          performance levels established under Section 4 for any Performance
          Period not then completed.  Any and all such  adjustments shall be
          conclusive and binding upon all parties concerned.

     (b)  If  an extraordinary  change  occurs during  a Performance  Period
          which significantly  alters the  basis upon which  the performance
          levels  were established under Section 4 for that Period, to avoid
          distortion in the  operation of  the Plan the  Committee may  make
          adjustments  whether before or  after the  end of  the Performance
          Period  to the extent it deems appropriate in its sole discretion,
          which shall  be conclusive and binding upon all parties concerned,
          in  such performance  levels to  reflect such  change in  order to
          preserve the incentive  features of  the Plan.   Such changes  may
          include, without limitation, adoption  of or changes in accounting
          practices, tax, regulatory or  other laws or regulations; economic
          changes  not  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business  cycles;  or
          compliance with judicial decrees or other legal authorities.

     (c)  Transfer  by  a  Participant  from one  Participating  Company  to
          another  Participating  Company  shall not  affect  Units  Granted
          previously  awarded  under the  Plan  or  the related  Performance
          Periods and performance  levels, except that  for transfers to  or
          from nonconsolidated companies not wholly owned by the Corporation
          (or  to or from companies or entities whose performance categories
          are determined other than by the measures used for the Corporation
          and the other Participating  Companies as a whole), the  number of
          Units may be  adjusted by  the Committee, in  accordance with  any
          rules  adopted   by  the  Committee,  to   reflect  the  different
          performance levels and relative time spent with each Participating
          Company.

     (d)  Notwithstanding  any other  provision of  the Plan,  the Committee
          shall  have discretion  to determine  that no  dividend equivalent
          payments  shall be made and no distributions of Units Earned shall
          be made or  deferred (other than Units  Earned previously deferred
          in accordance  with the  Pacific Telesis Group  Executive Deferral
          Plan)  if at the time payment or distribution would otherwise have
          been made:

        (i)   There  exists  any  default in  payment  of  dividends  on any
              outstanding common or preferred shares of the Corporation, or






                                      6








                                   <PAGE>

        (ii)  The  estimated consolidated  net  income of  the  Corporation,
              excluding extraordinary  charges, for the twelve-month  period
              preceding   the  month  the  payment   or  distribution  would
              otherwise  have been  made is  less  than the  sum of  (1) the
              amount of  the payments  and awards eligible  for distribution
              under the Plan  and the amount of the  awards to be made under
              the Pacific  Telesis Group  Short Term Incentive  Plan or  any
              similar plan  of any  other Participating Company  (the "Short
              Term Plans") in that month and (2) all dividends applicable to
              such  period on  an accrual  basis, either  paid,  declared or
              accrued  at the  most recently paid  rate, on  all outstanding
              preferred and common shares of the Corporation.

In  the event net income available under  clause (ii) above for payments and
awards eligible for  distribution under  the Plan and  for awards under  the
Short Term Plans is sufficient  to cover part but  not all of such  amounts,
the following order shall be applied pro rata within each category:

        (i)   dividend equivalent payments,

        (ii)  Units Earned eligible for distribution under the Plan,

        (iii) awards under the Short Term Plans.

SECTION 9.  OTHER CONDITIONS.

     (a)  No person  shall have any claim  to be granted an  award under the
          Plan and there  is no  obligation for uniformity  of treatment  of
          eligible employees  or Participants under the Plan.   Awards under
          the Plan may not be assigned or alienated.

     (b)  Neither the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed
          as giving to  any employee the right to be  retained in the employ
          of any Participating Company.

     (c)  A  Participating Company shall have  the right to  deduct from any
          distribution  or  payment  in  cash   under  the  Plan,  and   the
          Participant or other person receiving Shares under the Plan  shall
          be required  to pay  to the  Participating  Company, any  federal,
          state or  local taxes required by law  to be withheld with respect
          to such distribution or payment.

     (d)  Any distribution of  Shares may be delayed until  the requirements
          of any  applicable  laws  or regulations  or  any  stock  exchange
          requirements are satisfied.  The Shares distributed under the Plan
          shall  be   subject  to   such  restrictions  and   conditions  on
          disposition as  counsel for the Corporation shall  determine to be
          desirable or necessary under applicable law.









                                      7








                                   <PAGE>

SECTION 10.   DESIGNATION OF  BENEFICIARIES.  A Participant  may designate a
beneficiary or beneficiaries  to receive all  or part of  the amounts to  be
distributed  to  the  Participant under  the  Plan  in  case  of death.    A
designation of  beneficiary may be replaced  by a new designation  or may be
revoked  by the Participant at any time.   A designation or revocation shall
be on a  form to  be provided for  the purpose  and shall be  signed by  the
Participant  and delivered to  the employing Participating  Company prior to
the Participant's death.  In case of the Participant's death, the amounts to
be distributed  to the  Participant under  the Plan  with  respect to  which
designation of  beneficiary has been  made (to  the extent it  is valid  and
enforceable under applicable  law) shall be  distributed in accordance  with
the  Plan  to  the designated  beneficiary  or  beneficiaries.   The  amount
distributable  to  a Participant  upon  death  and  not subject  to  such  a
designation  shall be  distributed to  the Participant's  estate.   If there
shall be any question as to the legal right  of any beneficiary to receive a
distribution  under the  Plan, the  amount in  question may  be paid  to the
estate  of the Participant, in which event the Participating Companies shall
have no further liability to anyone with respect to such amount.

SECTION 11.  PLAN ADMINISTRATION.

     (a)  The Committee  shall have full  power to administer  and interpret
          the  Plan  and to  establish rules  for  its administration.   The
          Committee in  making any determinations  under the  Plan shall  be
          entitled to rely on opinions, reports or statements of officers or
          employees of  the Corporation and any  other Participating Company
          and  of  counsel, public  accountants  and  other professional  or
          expert persons.

     (b)  The selection of Participants who are directors or officers of the
          Corporation,  the   granting  of  awards  to   such  persons,  the
          determination of the form  of the distribution of such  awards and
          all other  determinations or actions  required or permitted  to be
          made by the Committee may be made by such Committee, provided that
          the  Committee is composed solely  of three or  more directors who
          are  "disinterested  persons" as  defined  in  Rule 16b-3  of  the
          Securities and Exchange  Act of  1934, or by  the Board,  provided
          that  a majority  of the  Board and  a majority  of the  directors
          acting in the matter are such disinterested persons.

     (c)  The Plan shall be governed by the laws of the  State of California
          and applicable Federal law.

SECTION 12.  CLAIMS AND APPEALS.  Any claim under the Plan by  a Participant
or  anyone  claiming  through  a  Participant  shall  be  presented  to  the
Committee.   Any  person whose  claim under  the Plan  has been  denied may,
within  sixty (60)  days after receipt  of notice  of denial,  submit to the
Board a written  request for review of the decision denying  the claim.  The
Board  or the  Committee shall  determine conclusively  for all  parties all
questions arising in the administration of the Plan.







                                      8








                                   <PAGE>

SECTION 13.   MODIFICATION OR TERMINATION OF PLAN.   The Board may modify or
terminate the Plan and any Participating Company may withdraw from the Plan,
at  any  time,  provided that  (1)  except  as  provided  in Section  8,  no
modification shall adversely affect the rights of Participants without their
written consent with respect  to Units Granted previously awarded  under the
Plan and, upon termination or  withdrawal, the Plan shall continue to  apply
with  respect  to  Units Granted  previously  awarded  and  (2) without  the
approval  of the holders of the Corporation's common shares, no modification
shall materially  increase the benefits  accruing to Participants  under the
Plan, materially increase the number of Shares which may be issued under the
Plan or materially modify the requirements for eligibility for participation
in the Plan.  Any modification or termination of the Plan shall be effective
at such date as the Board may determine.

The  Executive Vice  President-Human  Resources of  the Corporation  (or any
successor to  that  officer's responsibilities)  with  the approval  of  the
Executive  Vice President  and General  Counsel of  the Corporation  (or any
successor to  that officer's responsibilities)  shall be authorized  to make
minor or administrative changes to  the Plan or changes required by  or made
desirable by government regulations.  A modification may affect Participants
in the Plan at the time as well as future Participants.  Notwithstanding any
other  provision in the  Plan, the Committee,  if it determines  in its sole
discretion  that it is necessary  to advisable under  the circumstances, may
authorize  the proration or early distribution, or a combination thereof, of
Units  Granted previously  awarded  at  any  time  under  the  Plan  to  any
Participant in the case of termination of the Plan.

SECTION 14.  DEFINITIONS.
  
The following words shall have the following meanings:

"Board" or  "Board of  Directors" means  the Board  of Directors  of Pacific
Telesis Group.

"Committee" means the Compensation  and Personnel Committee of the  Board of
Directors, or  such other committee  as the Board  may form for  purposes of
administration of this Plan.

"Participating  Company"  means  an   affiliate  of  the  Corporation  whose
employees have been determined by the Board to be eligible to participate in
the Plan  and which has by  its board of  directors or other  governing body
determined to  participate in  the Plan.   For  purposes  of the  foregoing,
"affiliate" means a  subsidiary or other entity that controls, is controlled
by, or is under common control with  Pacific Telesis Group.  As used herein,
"control"  means the  possession, directly  or indirectly,  of the  power to
direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such entity,
whether  through ownership  of  voting  securities  or other  interests,  by
contract or otherwise.









                                      9








                                   <PAGE>












                            PACIFIC TELESIS GROUP
                          SHORT TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
                 (Restated effective as of January 1, 1995)











































                                     10








                                   <PAGE>




                              TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                        PAGE
                                                                        ----

SECTION 1.  PURPOSE......................................................  1

SECTION 2.  AWARDS.......................................................  1

SECTION 3.  AWARDS FOR CERTAIN EMPLOYEES.................................  2

SECTION 4.  ADJUSTMENTS..................................................  2

SECTION 5.  ELIGIBILITY..................................................  3

SECTION 6.  OTHER CONDITIONS.............................................  4

SECTION 7.  DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARIES.................................  5

SECTION 8.  PLAN ADMINISTRATION..........................................  5

SECTION 9.  MODIFICATION OR TERMINATION OF PLAN..........................  6

SECTION 10. DEFINITIONS..................................................  6






























                                     (i)








                                   <PAGE>

                            PACIFIC TELESIS GROUP
                          SHORT TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
                 (Restated effective as of January 1, 1995)


SECTION 1.   PURPOSE.  The purpose  of the Pacific Telesis  Group Short Term
Incentive  Plan (the "Plan") is  to provide management  employees of Pacific
Telesis Group (the "Company") and such of its Affiliates that participate in
the  Plan,  with  incentive  compensation  based  upon  the  achievement  of
financial and  service performance  levels and management  effectiveness for
the Company and its Affiliates.

SECTION 2.  AWARDS.   The Committee  may make incentive compensation  awards
under  this Plan  with respect to  services performed in  the preceding year
("Performance Year"), in such  amounts and to such of the eligible employees
as it may determine in its sole discretion subject to the limitations of the
Plan.   Awards  shall be paid  in cash in  the calendar year  the awards are
made, except to the extent that an eligible employee has made an election to
defer  the receipt  of  such award  pursuant  to the  Pacific  Telesis Group
Executive  Deferral Plan,  the Pacific  Telesis Group  Non-Qualified Savings
Plan, or  any other similar  plan that permits  an employee eligible  for an
award under  this Plan to  defer the receipt  of such award.   The Committee
shall  approve a standard award  level ("Standard Award")  for each position
rate of management eligible for awards under the Plan for each calendar year
it  intends to designate  as a Performance  Year for purposes  of this Plan.
The awards granted under this Plan shall equal a percentage  of the Standard
Awards for  any Performance  Year, varying  from 0  percent to  200 percent,
determined based upon the levels of achievement during such Performance Year
of  the criteria referred  to in A through  C below.   The percentage of the
applicable Standard Awards referred to in the preceding sentence shall serve
as a guideline in making awards under the Plan, which awards, in the case of
each individual eligible employee, may be  more or less (including no award)
than such percentage of  the Standard Award depending upon  individual merit
but in no event may exceed 250 percent of the applicable Standard Award. 

The percentage of the Standard Awards  referred to above shall be based upon
the level of achievement during the Performance Year with regard to:

     A.   Financial performance criteria determined by the Committee, of the
          Company and  its consolidated  subsidiaries (prepared on  the same
          basis  as  the   financial  statements  published  for   financial
          reporting  purposes) for  employees  of the  Company, and  similar
          financial performance criteria of an Affiliate for employees of an
          Affiliate not directly employed by the Company.

     B.   Other  pre-determined performance  criteria as  determined by
          the  Committee,  which  may  include  individual  performance
          criteria, and which may differ as between eligible employees.









                                      1








                                   <PAGE>

     C.   Management effectiveness of the Company and  its consolidated
          subsidiaries, provided,  that for  employees of  an Affiliate
          not  directly   employed  by  the   Company,  the  management
          effectiveness level of such Affiliate shall apply.

          The  level  of  financial  and other  performance  and  management
          effectiveness  achieved  for  each   Performance  Year  shall   be
          conclusively determined by the Committee.

SECTION  3.     AWARDS FOR  CERTAIN EMPLOYEES.    Notwithstanding any  other
provision of the Plan to the contrary,  the following provisions shall apply
to any eligible  employee who, as  of the end  of a  Performance Year, is  a
"covered  employee" within  the meaning  of section  162(m) of  the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"):

     (a)  The  aggregate awards payable to  all such employees  shall be the
          sum  of  0.4% of  "Cash  from Operating  Activities"  (as publicly
          disclosed in  the Corporation's consolidated  financial statements
          for the Performance Year) for the Performance Year.

     (b)  The aggregate  determined under (a) above shall be allocated among
          all such  employees pro-rata  based on  each such  employee's base
          salary at the beginning of the Performance Year.

     (c)  Those Committee  members who  are "outside directors"  (within the
          meaning  of section 162(m) of  the Code) shall  have discretion to
          reduce the award  for any such employee based on  the criteria set
          forth  in Section  2 above  or any  other criteria  such Committee
          members deem appropriate.

SECTION 4.  ADJUSTMENTS.

     (a)  In order to assure the incentive features of the Plan and to avoid
          distortion  in the operation of  the Plan, the  Committee may make
          adjustments in  the criteria established for  any Performance Year
          under Section 2 whether before or after the end of the Performance
          Year  to the extent it  deems appropriate in  its sole discretion,
          which shall be conclusive and binding upon all parties  concerned,
          to compensate for or  reflect any extraordinary changes which  may
          have  occurred  during the  Performance  Year which  significantly
          alter  the   basis  upon   which  such  performance   levels  were
          determined.   Such changes may include  without limitation changes
          in  accounting  practices,  tax,   regulatory  or  other  laws  or
          regulations, or  economic changes  not in  the ordinary course  of
          business cycles.

     (b)  In the event of any change in outstanding shares of the Company by
          reason of any stock  dividend or split, recapitalization, spinoff,
          merger, consolidation, combination or  exchange of shares or other
          similar  corporate   change,   the  Committee   shall  make   such
          adjustments, if any, that it deems appropriate in  the performance
          levels  established under Section  2 for any  Performance Year not
          then  completed; any and all such adjustments to be conclusive and
          binding upon all parties concerned.



                                      2








                                   <PAGE>

     (c)  Notwithstanding  any other  provision of  the Plan,  the Committee
          shall have discretion to determine that no awards will be made  if
          at the time payment would have been made:

          (i)  there  exists  any default  in  payment of  dividends  on any
               outstanding company common or preferred shares, or

          (ii) the  estimated  consolidated  net  income  of   the  Company,
               excluding extraordinary charges,  for the twelve-month period
               preceding the month the awards would otherwise have been made
               is  less than the sum of  (1) the amount of  the awards to be
               made under the  Plan and  the amount of  payments and  awards
               eligible  for  distribution under  the Pacific  Telesis Group
               Long Term Incentive Plan (the "Long Term Plan") in that month
               and (2) all dividends applicable to such period on an accrual
               basis,  either paid, declared or accrued at the most recently
               paid rate,  on all  outstanding Company preferred  and common
               shares.

In the event  the net income  under clause (ii)  above available for  awards
under the Plan  and for payments and awards eligible  for distribution under
the Long Term Plan is sufficient to cover part  but not all of such amounts,
the  Committee shall  have discretion  to determine  that payment  of awards
under the Long Term Plan and this Plan shall be made in the following order,
pro-rata within each category:

          (i)     dividend equivalent payments under the Long Term Plan,

          (ii)    Units eligible for distribution under the Long Term Plan,

          (iii)   awards under the Plan.

SECTION 5.  ELIGIBILITY.  

     (a)  Persons  employed  by the  Company  or  a Participating  Affiliate
          during a Performance Year in active service in a salaried position
          determined by  the  Committee to  be in  the manager  compensation
          group  are eligible for awards under the Plan for such Performance
          Year (whether or not so employed or living at the date an award is
          granted);  provided that the employee had at least three months of
          active  service during the Performance Year at such level with the
          Company and/or any Participating Affiliate (excluding any time the
          employee was  absent on  account of disability  and receiving  any
          Sickness or Accident Disability Benefits under the Pacific Telesis
          Group  Sickness and  Accident Disability  Benefit Plan  or similar
          benefit plan  sponsored by an Affiliate  ("Disability Benefits")).
          An employee is not rendered ineligible by reason of being a member
          of the Board.









                                      3








                                   <PAGE>

     (b)  The Standard  Award applicable  to an employee  otherwise eligible
          for awards under the Plan for a Performance Year shall be prorated
          over  the Performance Year or the employee shall be ineligible for
          an award, as follows:

          ------------------------------------------------------------------
          (1)  entrance to or exit from a       |  prorate from date of
               level of management eligible     |  or exit to the nearest
               for awards after the             |  half month
               beginning of the Performance     |
               Year                             |
          ------------------------------------------------------------------
          (2)  changes in position date         |  prorate according to
                                                |  time of active service
                                                |  at each position rate
                                                |  to the nearest half 
                                                |  month
          ------------------------------------------------------------------
          (3)  receipt of Disability Benefits   |  prorate to the day based
               for more than three months in    |  on time of service while
               a Performance Year under any     |  not receiving Disability
               Company or Affiliate plan        |  Benefits
          ------------------------------------------------------------------
          (4)  receipt of Disability            |  no reduction in
               Benefits for three months        |  applicable Standard
               or less in a Performance         |  Award
               Year under any Company           |
               or Affiliate plan                |
          ------------------------------------------------------------------
          (5)  retirement or resignation        |  prorate to date of
               (including resignation upon      |  retirement or resignation
               transfer to another Affiliate)   |
          ------------------------------------------------------------------
          (6)  leave of absence                 |  prorate to date leave
                                                |  commences unless 
                                                |  otherwise provided by
                                                |  the Committee
          ------------------------------------------------------------------
          (7)  death during a Performance Year  |  prorate to date of death
          ------------------------------------------------------------------
          (8)   dismissal during or after a     |  no award
                Performance Year by the         |
                Company or any Affiliate        |
          ------------------------------------------------------------------
 
SECTION 6.  OTHER CONDITIONS.  

     (a)  No person  shall have any claim  to be granted an  award under the
          Plan and there  is no  obligation for uniformity  of treatment  of
          eligible employees under the Plan.  Awards under  the Plan may not
          be assigned or alienated.

     (b)  Neither the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed
          as giving to  any employee the right to be  retained in the employ
          of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.


                                      4








                                   <PAGE>

     (c)  The Company  shall have the right  to deduct from any  award to be
          paid under the Plan any federal, state or local taxes required  by
          law to be withheld with respect to such payment.

     (e)  Unless otherwise provided by  the Board, awards to  Officers under
          the  Plan shall  be  excluded in  determining  benefits under  any
          pension, retirement, disability, death,  savings or other  benefit
          plan of the Company except where required by law.

SECTION  7.   DESIGNATION  OF  BENEFICIARIES.    An  eligible  employee  may
designate  a  beneficiary or  beneficiaries to  receive all  or part  of the
awards  which may  be payable  to such  employee under the  Plan in  case of
death.  A designation of beneficiary may be replaced by a new designation or
may be  revoked by  an employee at  any time.   A designation  or revocation
shall be on a form to be provided for the purpose and shall be signed by the
employee  and delivered  to the  Company prior  to the  employee's death  in
accordance  with procedures established  by the Committee.   In  case of the
employee s death, the  amounts to be  distributed to the employee  under the
Plan with  respect to which designation of beneficiary has been made (to the
extent   it  is  valid  and  enforceable  under  applicable  law)  shall  be
distributed in accordance  with the  Plan to the  designated beneficiary  or
beneficiaries.  The amount distributable to an  employee under the Plan upon
death  and not  subject to such  a designation  shall be  distributed to the
employee s estate.   If there shall be any question as to the legal right of
any beneficiary to receive an  award under the Plan, the amount  in question
may be paid to the estate of the employee, in which  event the Company shall
have no further liability to anyone with respect to such amount.

SECTION 8.  PLAN ADMINISTRATION.

     (a)  The Committee  shall have full  power to administer  and interpret
          the  Plan  and to  establish rules  for  its administration.   The
          Committee in making any determinations under or referred to in the
          Plan  shall be entitled to rely on opinions, reports or statements
          of officers or employees of the Company and its Affiliates and  of
          counsel,  public  accountants  and  other  professional or  expert
          persons.

     (b)  Awards  payable under  the Plan  shall be  paid by  the employee's
          employer.   For employees  transferred between the  Company and/or
          one  or  more of  its Affiliates  during  a Performance  Year, the
          employee's  last employing  employer during  the  Performance Year
          shall determine  and pay the  short term  award, if any,  for that
          Performance Year.

     (c)  The Plan  shall be governed by the laws of the State of California
          and applicable Federal law.










                                      5








                                   <PAGE>

The Executive  Vice  President-Human Resources  of the  Corporation (or  any
successor  to  that officer's  responsibilities)  with the  approval  of the
Executive  Vice President  and General  Counsel of  the Corporation  (or any
successor to  that officer s responsibilities)  shall be authorized  to make
minor  or administrative changes to the Plan  or changes required by or made
desirable by government regulations.  A modification may affect Participants
in the Plan at the time as well as future Participants.  Notwithstanding any
other provision in  the Plan, the  Committee, if it  determines in its  sole
discretion  that it is necessary  to advisable under  the circumstances, may
authorize  the proration or early distribution, or a combination thereof, of
awards previously made at any time under the Plan to  any Participant in the
case of termination of the Plan.

SECTION 9.    MODIFICATION OR TERMINATION OF PLAN.   The Board may modify or
terminate the Plan at anytime to be effective at  such date as the Board may
determine.  A modification may affect present and future eligible employees.

SECTION  10.   DEFINITIONS.  The following  words  shall have  the following
meanings:

"Affiliates"  means subsidiaries  of  or other  entities  that control,  are
controlled by, or are under  common control with Pacific Telesis Group.   As
used  herein, "control" means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the
power to  direct or cause  the direction of  the management and  policies of
such entity,  whether  through  ownership  of  voting  securities  or  other
interests, by contract or otherwise.

"Performance  Year" means the  calendar year with  respect to  which a short
term incentive award is made under this Plan for services  performed in such
year,  and shall  normally mean  the calendar year  preceding the  year such
award shall be payable under the Plan.

"Board" or "Board  of Directors"  means the  Board of  Directors of  Pacific
Telesis Group.

"Committee" means the Compensation  and Personnel Committee of the  Board of
Directors of the Company, or such other committee as the  Board may form for
purposes of administration of this Plan. 

"Company" means Pacific Telesis Group.

"Officer" means an officer of the  Company or an Affiliate, as determined by
the Committee, but the term shall not include Assistant Secretary, Assistant
Treasurer, Assistant Comptroller or any other assistant officer. 

"Participating Affiliate" means an Affiliate of the  Company whose employees
have been determined by the Board to be  eligible to participate in the Plan
and which has  by its board of directors or  other governing body determined
to participate in the Plan.

"Standard Award" means  an approved award  level for each  position rate  of
management eligible for awards under the Plan for a Performance Year.





                                      6








                                   <PAGE>


                   AMENDMENTS TO 1994 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN


RESOLVED that this corporation  hereby amends Section 4.2(e) of  the Pacific
Telesis Group 1994 Stock Incentive Plan ("the 1994  Stock Plan"), subject to
the approval of the shareowners of the corporation, to read as follows:

          (e)  All  NSOs granted to an  Outside Director under  this Section
          4.2 shall terminate on the earliest of (i) the 10th anniversary of
          the  date   of  grant,  (ii) the  date  three   months  after  the
          termination  of such  Outside  Director's service  for any  reason
          other than  death, total  and permanent disability  or Retirement,
          (iii) the date 12  months after  the termination  of such  Outside
          Director's service because of death, (iv) the date 36 months after
          the  termination of  such  Outside Director's  service because  of
          total and permanent  disability, or (v) the  date 60 months  after
          termination  of   such  Outside  Director's  service   because  of
          Retirement.

and be it

FURTHER RESOLVED that, subject to the approval of the shareowners of the
     corporation, the above amendment to Section 4.2 of the 1994 Stock  Plan
     shall be effective to apply to nonstatutory stock options granted as of
     April 29, 1994; and be it

FURTHER RESOLVED that each Nonemployee Director Nonstatutory Stock Option
     Agreement between the corporation and a nonemployee member of the Board
     of  Directors dated April 29, 1994 is modified, subject to the approval
     of the shareowners of the corporation and subject to the consent of the
     director affected by such modification, to provide as follows:

          Retirement  Status:   If  your service  as  a director  of Pacific
          Telesis Group  ("PTG")  terminates  after you  have  served  as  a
          director for  three or more years, then your option will expire at
          the close of business  at PTG headquarters on  the date 60  months
          after the date your service terminates.

and be it 

FURTHER  RESOLVED that,  at the  Annual Meeting  of the Shareowners  of this
     corporation to be held on May 3, 1995, this amendment to the 1994 Stock
     Plan be submitted for approval by a vote of the shareowners through the
     recommendation to the shareowners of the following resolution:

          "RESOLVED  that  the  amendment  by  the  Board  of  Directors  of
          Section 4.2 of the Pacific Telesis Group 1994 Stock Incentive Plan
          effective April 29,  1994, and the conforming  modification of the
          Nonemployee Director Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement  for each
          nonemployee director granted options on April 29, 1994 pursuant to
          Section 4.2, is hereby approved, ratified and confirmed. 














                                   <PAGE>

and be it

FURTHER RESOLVED that the officers of this corporation, and any one of them,
     are  authorized in the name of and on behalf of this corporation, to do
     or  cause to be done any and all  other acts and things, and to execute
     and  deliver any and  all other documents, that  they deem necessary or
     appropriate to carry out the purposes of the preceding resolutions.










Board of Directors
Pacific Telesis Group
January 27, 1995














































                                   <PAGE>









                            PACIFIC TELESIS GROUP

                          1994 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN























































                                   <PAGE>

                              TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                        PAGE
                                                                        ----

ARTICLE 1.  INTRODUCTION................................................  1 

ARTICLE 2.  ADMINISTRATION..............................................  1 
        2.1 COMMITTEE COMPOSITION......................................   1 
        2.2 COMMITTEE RESPONSIBILITIES.................................   1 

ARTICLE 3.  SHARES AVAILABLE FOR GRANTS.................................. 1 
        3.1 BASIC LIMITATION...........................................   1 
        3.2 ADDITIONAL SHARES..........................................   2 
        3.3 DIVIDEND EQUIVALENTS.......................................   2 

ARTICLE 4.  ELIGIBILITY.................................................  2 
        4.1  GENERAL RULES ............................................   2 
        4.2  OUTSIDE DIRECTORS.........................................   2 
        4.3  INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS...................................   4 

ARTICLE 5.  OPTIONS.....................................................  4 
        5.1  STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT....................................   4 
        5.2  NUMBER OF SHARES..........................................   4 
        5.3  EXERCISE PRICE............................................   4 
        5.4  EXERCISABILITY AND TERM...................................   4 
        5.5  EFFECT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL...............................   5 
        5.6  MODIFICATION OR ASSUMPTION OF OPTIONS.....................   5 

ARTICLE 6.  PAYMENT FOR OPTION SHARES...................................  5 
        6.1  GENERAL RULE..............................................   5 
        6.2  SURRENDER OF STOCK........................................   5 
        6.3  EXERCISE/SALE.............................................   5 
        6.4  EXERCISE/PLEDGE...........................................   5 
        6.5  PROMISSORY NOTE...........................................   6 
        6.6  OTHER FORMS OF PAYMENT....................................   6 

ARTICLE 7.  STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS...................................  6 
        7.1  SAR AGREEMENT.............................................   6 
        7.2  NUMBER OF SHARES..........................................   6 
        7.3  EXERCISE PRICE............................................   6 
        7.4  EXERCISABILITY AND TERM...................................   6 
        7.5  EFFECT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL...............................   6 
        7.6  EXERCISE OF SARs..........................................   7 
        7.7  MODIFICATION OR ASSUMPTION OF SARs........................   7 

ARTICLE 8.  RESTRICTED SHARES AND STOCK UNITS...........................  7 
        8.1  TIME, AMOUNT AND FORM OF AWARDS...........................   7 
        8.2  PAYMENT FOR AWARDS........................................   7 
        8.3  VESTING CONDITIONS........................................   7 
        8.4  FORM AND TIME OF SETTLEMENT OF STOCK UNITS................   8 
        8.5  DEATH OF RECIPIENT........................................   8 
        8.6  CREDITORS' RIGHTS.........................................   8 

ARTICLE 9.   VOTING AND DIVIDEND RIGHTS................................   8 
        9.1  RESTRICTED SHARES.........................................   8 
        9.2  STOCK UNITS...............................................   9 









                                   <PAGE>

                              TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                        PAGE
                                                                        ----

ARTICLE 10.  PROTECTION AGAINST DILUTION..............................    9 
        10.1  ADJUSTMENTS.............................................    9 
        10.2  REORGANIZATIONS.........................................    9 
 
ARTICLE 11.  AWARDS UNDER OTHER PLANS.................................    9 

ARTICLE 12.  PAYMENT OF DIRECTOR'S FEES IN SECURITIES.................    10
        12.1  EFFECTIVE DATE..........................................    10
        12.2  ELECTIONS TO RECEIVE NSOs OR STOCK UNITS................    10
        12.3  NUMBER AND TERMS OF NSOs................................    10
        12.4  NUMBER AND TERMS OF STOCK UNITS.........................    10

ARTICLE 13.  LIMITATION ON RIGHTS.....................................    10
        13.1  RETENTION RIGHTS........................................    10
        13.2  SHAREHOLDERS' RIGHTS....................................    10
        13.3  REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS.................................    11

ARTICLE 14.  LIMITATION ON PAYMENTS...................................    11
        14.1  BASIC RULE..............................................    11
        14.2  REDUCTION OF PAYMENTS...................................    11
        14.3  OVERPAYMENTS AND UNDERPAYMENTS..........................    12
        14.4  RELATED CORPORATIONS....................................    12

ARTICLE 15.  WITHHOLDING TAXES........................................    12
        15.1  GENERAL.................................................    12
        15.2  SHARE WITHHOLDING.......................................    12

ARTICLE 16.  ASSIGNMENT OR TRANSFER OF AWARDS.........................    13
        16.1  GENERAL.................................................    13
        16.2  TRUSTS..................................................    13

ARTICLE 17.  FUTURE OF THE PLAN.......................................    13
        17.1  TERM OF THE PLAN........................................    13
        17.2  AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION................................    13

ARTICLE 18.  DEFINITIONS..............................................    13

ARTICLE 19.  EXECUTION................................................    17
























                                   <PAGE>

                            PACIFIC TELESIS GROUP

                          1994 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN


ARTICLE 1.  INTRODUCTION.  The  purpose of the Plan is  to promote the long-
term  success of  the  Company  and  the creation  of  shareowner  value  by
(a) encouraging Key  Employees to  focus on critical  long-range objectives,
(b) encouraging  the   attraction  and  retention  of   Key  Employees  with
exceptional  qualifications  and  (c) linking  Key  Employees  directly   to
shareowner interests through increased  stock ownership.  The Plan  seeks to
achieve  this purpose  by  providing for  Awards in  the form  of Restricted
Shares, Stock Units,  Options (which may constitute  incentive stock options
or nonstatutory stock options) or stock appreciation rights.

The Plan shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of
the State of California (except their choice-of-law provisions).

ARTICLE 2.  ADMINISTRATION.  

    2.1   COMMITTEE COMPOSITION.   The  Plan shall  be  administered by  the
    Committee.   The  Committee shall consist  of two  or more disinterested
    directors  of  the Company,  who  shall be  appointed by  the Board.   A
    member of the Board shall be deemed to be "disinterested" only if he  or
    she  satisfies  such   requirements  as  the  Securities  and   Exchange
    Commission may establish for  disinterested administrators acting  under
    plans  intended  to qualify  for  exemption  under  Rule  16b-3 (or  its
    successor)  under the Exchange Act.   An Outside Director shall not fail
    to be "disinterested"  solely because he or she  receives the NSO grants
    or  the Restricted Share  grants described  in Section  4.2 or  makes an
    election under  Article 12.   The  Board may  also appoint  one or  more
    separate  committees  of  the  Board,  each  composed  of  one  or  more
    directors  of  the  Company  who  need  not  be  disinterested,  who may
    administer the  Plan with respect to Key  Employees who are not officers
    or  directors of the  Company, may  grant Awards under  the Plan to such
    Key Employees and may determine all terms of such Awards.

    2.2 COMMITTEE  RESPONSIBILITIES.  The Committee shall (a) select the Key
    Employees who  are to receive  Awards under the Plan,  (b) determine the
    type, number, vesting requirements and other features  and conditions of
    such  Awards, (c) interpret  the Plan and  (d) make  all other decisions
    relating to  the operation of  the Plan.  The  Committee may adopt  such
    rules or guidelines as it deems  appropriate to implement the Plan.  The
    Committee's determinations under the  Plan shall be final and binding on
    all persons.

ARTICLE 3.  SHARES AVAILABLE FOR GRANTS.

    3.1  BASIC LIMITATION.  Common  Shares issued pursuant to the Plan shall
    be  authorized but  unissued shares or  treasury shares.   The aggregate
    number of  Restricted  Shares,  Stock Units,  Options  and SARs  awarded
    under  the Plan shall  not exceed  21,000,000.   The limitation  of this
    Section 3.1 shall be subject to adjustment pursuant to Article 10.




                                      1








                                   <PAGE>

    3.2  ADDITIONAL SHARES.  If Stock  Units, Options or SARs  are forfeited
    or if  Options or  SARs  terminate  for any  other reason  before  being
    exercised,  then such  Stock Units, Options  or SARs  shall again become
    available for Awards under the Plan.   If SARs are exercised, then  only
    the number of  Common Shares (if any)  actually issued in settlement  of
    such SARs  shall reduce the  number available under Section  3.1 and the
    balance shall  again become  available for  Awards under  the Plan.   If
    Restricted  Shares are  forfeited before  any dividends  have  been paid
    with  respect to  such Restricted  Shares, then  such Restricted  Shares
    shall again become available for Awards under the Plan.

    3.3  DIVIDEND EQUIVALENTS.  Any  dividend equivalents distributed  under
    the Plan shall not  be applied against the number  of Restricted Shares,
    Stock Units, Options or SARs available  for Awards, whether or not  such
    dividend equivalents are converted into Stock Units.

ARTICLE 4.  ELIGIBILITY.

    4.1  GENERAL RULES.  Only Key  Employees (including, without limitation,
    independent  contractors who  are  not members  of  the Board)  shall be
    eligible  for  designation  as  Participants  by  the  Committee.    Key
    Employees  who are  Outside  Directors shall  only  be eligible  for the
    grant of the  NSOs and  Restricted Shares described  in Section 4.2  and
    for making an election described in Article 12.

    4.2  OUTSIDE   DIRECTORS.      Any   other   provision   of   the   Plan
    notwithstanding,  the participation  of Outside  Directors in  the  Plan
    shall be subject to the following restrictions:

    (a)  Outside Directors  shall receive no  Awards except as  described in
         this Section 4.2 and in Article 12.

    (b)  Upon  the  conclusion  of  each  regular  annual  meeting  of   the
         Company's  shareowners,  each Outside  Director  who will  continue
         serving as a member  of the Board  thereafter shall receive an  NSO
         covering  2,000 Common  Shares  if such  meeting  occurs after  the
         Distribution Date  or 1,000  Common Shares  if such  meeting occurs
         before the Distribution  Date (subject to adjustment  under Article
         10).   Such  NSO shall  become exercisable  in  full on  the  first
         anniversary of the date of grant.

    (c)  All  NSOs granted  to  an Outside  Director under  this Section 4.2
         shall  also become  exercisable in  full in  the event  of (i)  the
         termination of such Outside  Director's service because of death or
         total and permanent  disability or (ii)  a Change  in Control  with
         respect to the Company.

    (d)  The Exercise  Price under all  NSOs granted to  an Outside Director
         under this Section  4.2 shall be equal  to 100% of the  Fair Market
         Value of  a Common Share  on the date of  grant, payable in  one of
         the forms described in Sections 6.1, 6.2, 6.3 and 6.4.






                                      2








                                   <PAGE>

    (e)  All NSOs  granted  to an  Outside Director  under this  Section 4.2
         shall  terminate on the earliest of (i) the 10th anniversary of the
         date of grant,  (ii) the date three months after the termination of
         such Outside  Director's service for  any reason other  than death,
         total  and permanent  disability or  Retirement, (iii)  the date 12
         months after  the termination  of such  Outside Director's  service
         because of death  or (iv) the date 36  months after the termination
         of  such Outside Director's service because  of total and permanent
         disability or Retirement.

    (f)  Upon the conclusion  of the annual  meeting of  the shareowners  of
         the  Company to  be  held in  1994, each  Outside Director  who was
         appointed or  first elected to  the Board  on or after  February 1,
         1991, but  before January  1, 1994, shall  receive a  grant of  400
         Restricted Shares  if such  meeting occurs  after the  Distribution
         Date or 250  Restricted Shares if  such meeting  occurs before  the
         Distribution   Date  (subject  to  adjustment  under  Article  10).
         Restricted Shares  granted in accordance  with this Subsection  (f)
         shall be 100% vested on the date of grant.

    (g)  Upon the later to occur of the conclusion  of the annual meeting of
         the shareowners  of the Company  to be held  in 1994 or his  or her
         appointment or first election  to the Board, each Outside  Director
         who  was  appointed or  first  elected  to the  Board  on  or after
         January 1, 1994,  shall receive a grant of 400 Restricted Shares if
         such event  occurs after  the Distribution  Date or  250 Restricted
         Shares if such  event occurs before the Distribution  Date (subject
         to adjustment  under  Article 10).   Restricted  Shares granted  in
         accordance with this  Subsection (g) shall  be 100%  vested on  the
         date of grant.

    (h)  Upon the  conclusion of the  first annual meeting  of the Company's
         shareowners after  the  calendar year  in  which  the grant  to  an
         Outside Director referred to  in Subsection (g) above  takes place,
         such  Outside Director  shall receive  an additional  grant  of 400
         Restricted Shares  if such  meeting occurs  after the  Distribution
         Date or 250  Restricted Shares if  such meeting  occurs before  the
         Distribution   Date  (subject  to  adjustment  under  Article  10).
         Restricted Shares  granted in accordance  with this Subsection  (h)
         shall be 100% vested on the date of grant.

    (i)  Upon the conclusion of the  second annual meeting of  the Company's
         shareowners after  the  calendar year  in  which  the grant  to  on
         Outside  Director referred to in Subsection  (g) above takes place,
         such  Outside  Director   shall  receive  a  final  grant   of  400
         Restricted Shares  if such  meeting occurs  after the  Distribution
         Date or 250  Restricted Shares if  such meeting  occurs before  the
         Distribution  Date  (subject  to  adjustment  under   Article  10).
         Restricted Shares  granted in accordance  with this Subsection  (i)
         shall be 100% vested on the date of grant.







                                      3








                                   <PAGE>

    4.3  INCENTIVE STOCK  OPTIONS.   Only Key  Employees who  are common-law
    employees of  the Company, a  Parent or  a Subsidiary shall  be eligible
    for  the grant of ISOs.  In addition, a  Key Employee who owns more than
    10% of the  total combined voting  power of all  classes of  outstanding
    stock of the Company or any of its Parents or  Subsidiaries shall not be
    eligible for the  grant of an ISO  unless the requirements set forth  in
    section 422(c)(6) of the Code are satisfied.

ARTICLE 5.  OPTIONS.

    5.1  STOCK  OPTION AGREEMENT.   Each grant of  an Option under  the Plan
    shall  be evidenced by a Stock Option Agreement between the Optionee and
    the Company.   Such Option shall be subject  to all applicable  terms of
    the  Plan   and  may  be  subject  to  any  other  terms  that  are  not
    inconsistent with  the Plan.  The  Stock Option  Agreement shall specify
    whether the Option is an  ISO or an NSO.  The  provisions of the various
    Stock  Option  Agreements  entered  into  under  the  Plan  need  not be
    identical.  Options may  be granted in  consideration of a cash  payment
    or  in   consideration   of  a   reduction  in   the  Optionee's   other
    compensation.   A  Stock Option Agreement  may provide  that new Options
    will be granted automatically  to the Optionee when he or  she exercises
    the prior Options.

    5.2  NUMBER  OF SHARES.  Each  Stock Option Agreement shall specify  the
    number of Common Shares subject to  the Option and shall provide for the
    adjustment of  such  number in  accordance  with  Article 10.    Options
    granted to  any Optionee  in a single  calendar year shall  in no  event
    cover  more  than  500,000  Common  Shares,  subject  to  adjustment  in
    accordance with Article 10.

    5.3   EXERCISE  PRICE.  Each  Stock Option  Agreement shall  specify the
    Exercise Price, provided that  the Exercise Price under an ISO  shall in
    no event be less  than 100% of  the Fair Market Value of  a Common Share
    on  the effective  date of the grant  (which may be  later than the date
    when the Committee  resolves to make  such grant).   In the  case of  an
    NSO, a Stock Option Agreement  may specify an Exercise Price that varies
    in  accordance   with  a   predetermined  formula   while  the  NSO   is
    outstanding.

    5.4    EXERCISABILITY AND  TERM.    Each  Stock  Option Agreement  shall
    specify the date when all or any  installment of the Option is to become
    exercisable.  The Stock Option Agreement  shall also specify the term of
    the Option;  provided that the term of  an ISO shall  in no event exceed
    10 years from the  date of grant.  A Stock Option Agreement  may provide
    for accelerated  exercisability in  the event of  the Optionee's  death,
    disability or retirement or  other events and may provide for expiration
    prior  to the end  of its  term in the  event of the  termination of the
    Optionee's service.   Options may be  awarded in  combination with SARs,
    and such an Award may provide that  the Options will not be  exercisable
    unless the  related SARs  are forfeited.   NSOs  may also be  awarded in
    combination  with Restricted  Shares or Stock  Units, and  such an Award
    may provide that  the NSOs will  not be  exercisable unless the  related
    Restricted Shares or Stock Units are forfeited.




                                      4








                                   <PAGE>

    5.5  EFFECT OF  CHANGE IN CONTROL.  The  Committee may determine, at the
    time of granting  an Option or thereafter, that such Option shall become
    fully exercisable as to all Common Shares subject to such  Option in the
    event that a Change in Control  occurs with respect to the  Company.  If
    the Committee finds that  there is a reasonable possibility that, within
    the  succeeding six months, a Change  in Control will occur with respect
    to the  Company, then the Committee at its sole discretion may determine
    that any  or all outstanding Options  shall become  fully exercisable as
    to all Common Shares subject to such Options.

    5.6  MODIFICATION OR ASSUMPTION  OF OPTIONS.  Within the limitations  of
    the Plan,  the  Committee  may  modify,  extend  or  assume  outstanding
    options or may  accept the cancellation of outstanding options  (whether
    granted by  the Company or by another issuer) in return for the grant of
    new options  for the  same or a  different number of  shares and  at the
    same or a different exercise price.   The foregoing notwithstanding,  no
    modification of  an Option shall, without  the consent  of the Optionee,
    alter or impair his or her rights or obligations under such Option.

ARTICLE 6.  PAYMENT FOR OPTION SHARE.

    6.1  GENERAL RULES.  The entire  Exercise Price of Common  Shares issued
    upon exercise of Options shall be payable in  cash at the time when such
    Common Shares are purchased, except as follows:

         In  the case of  an ISO  granted under  the Plan, payment  shall be
         made  only pursuant  to the  express provisions  of the  applicable
         Stock Option  Agreement.   The Stock  Option Agreement  may specify
         that payment may  be made in any form(s)  described in this Article
         6.
 
         In  the  case of  an  NSO, the  Committee  may at  any  time accept
         payment in any form(s) described in this Article 6.

    6.2   SURRENDER  OF STOCK.    To  the extent  that this  Section  6.2 is
    applicable, payment  for all or  any part of the  Exercise Price may  be
    made  with Common Shares which  have already been owned  by the Optionee
    for more than six months.  Such  Common Shares shall be valued  at their
    Fair Market Value on  the date when the new Common Shares  are purchased
    under the Plan.

    6.3  EXERCISE/SALE.  To the extent that this Section  6.3 is applicable,
    payment may  be made  by  the delivery  (on  a  form prescribed  by  the
    Company) of an irrevocable  direction to a securities broker approved by
    the  Company to sell  Common Shares  and to deliver  all or  part of the
    sales proceeds to the Company in  payment of all or part of the Exercise
    Price and any withholding taxes.

    6.4    EXERCISE/PLEDGE.    To  the  extent  that  this  Section  6.4  is
    applicable, payment  may be made  by the delivery (on  a form prescribed
    by the Company)  of an irrevocable direction to  pledge Common Shares to
    a securities broker or lender  approved by the Company, as  security for
    a loan, and to deliver  all or part of the loan proceeds to  the Company
    in payment  of all  or part of  the Exercise Price  and any  withholding
    taxes.


                                      5








                                   <PAGE>

    6.5    PROMISSORY  NOTE.    To  the  extent  that  this  Section 6.5  is
    applicable,  payment for all  or any  part of the  Exercise Price may be
    made with a full-recourse promissory note.

    6.6   OTHER FORMS OF PAYMENT.   To the  extent that this Section 6.6  is
    applicable, payment  may be  made in any  other form that  is consistent
    with applicable laws, regulations and rules.

ARTICLE 7.  STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.

    7.1   SAR AGREEMENT.   Each  grant of  an SAR  under the  Plan shall  be
    evidenced by  an SAR  Agreement between  the Optionee  and the  Company.
    Such SAR shall  be subject to all applicable  terms of the Plan and  may
    be subject to  any other terms that are  not inconsistent with the Plan.
    The provisions  of the  various SAR  Agreements entered  into under  the
    Plan  need not be identical.   SARs may be granted in consideration of a
    reduction in the Optionee's other compensation.
 
    7.2  NUMBER  OF SHARES.  Each SAR  Agreement shall specify the number of
    Common Shares  to  which the  SAR pertains  and  shall  provide for  the
    adjustment of such number  in accordance with Article 10.   SARs granted
    to any Optionee in a  single calendar year shall in  no event pertain to
    more  than 500,000  Common Shares,  subject to adjustment  in accordance
    with Article 10.

    7.3   EXERCISE PRICE.   Each SAR  Agreement shall  specify the  Exercise
    Price.  An  SAR Agreement may specify  an Exercise Price that varies  in
    accordance with a predetermined formula while the SAR is outstanding.

    7.4   EXERCISABILITY AND  TERM.   Each SAR  Agreement shall  specify the
    date when all  or any installment of the  SAR is to  become exercisable.
    The SAR  Agreement shall  also  specify the  term of  the SAR.   An  SAR
    Agreement  may provide  for accelerated  exercisability in  the event of
    the Optionee's death, disability or retirement  or other events and  may
    provide for expiration prior to the end of its  term in the event of the
    termination of  the Optionee's service.   SARs  may also  be awarded  in
    combination with Options, Restricted  Shares or Stock Units, and such an
    Award  may provide  that the  SARs will  not be  exercisable unless  the
    related  Options, Restricted  Shares or Stock  Units are  forfeited.  An
    SAR may be  included in an  ISO only  at the time  of grant  but may  be
    included in an NSO at the time  of grant or at any subsequent  time, but
    not later  than six  months before the expiration  of such NSO.   An SAR
    granted under the Plan may provide that  it will be exercisable only  in
    the event of a Change in Control.

    7.5  EFFECT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL.   The Committee may determine, at  the
    time of  granting an SAR or thereafter, that such SAR shall become fully
    exercisable as  to all Common  Shares subject to such  SAR in the  event
    that a Change in  Control occurs with  respect to the Company.   If  the
    Committee finds that there  is a reasonable possibility that, within the
    succeeding six months, a  Change in Control  will occur with respect  to
    the  Company, then  the Committee at  its sole  discretion may determine
    that any or all  outstanding SARs shall become  fully exercisable as  to
    all Common Shares subject to such SARs.



                                      6








                                   <PAGE>

    7.6   EXERCISE OF SARs.  The exercise of an  SAR shall be subject to the
    restrictions  imposed  by  Rule  16b-3  (or  its  successor)  under  the
    Exchange  Act, if applicable.  If,  on the date when an SAR expires, the
    Exercise Price under  such SAR is  less than  the Fair  Market Value  on
    such date  but  any  portion  of such  SAR  has  not been  exercised  or
    surrendered,   then  such  SAR  shall  automatically  be  deemed  to  be
    exercised as of such date with respect  to such portion.  Upon  exercise
    of an SAR, the Optionee (or any person having the right  to exercise the
    SAR after his  or her death) shall  receive from the Company (a)  Common
    Shares, (b) cash or (c) a combination of  Common Shares and cash, as the
    Committee  shall determine.   The amount of cash  and/or the Fair Market
    Value  of Common  Shares received  upon exercise  of SARs  shall, in the
    aggregate,  be equal to the  amount by which  the Fair  Market Value (on
    the date  of surrender) of the Common Shares subject to the SARs exceeds
    the Exercise Price.

    7.7   MODIFICATION OR ASSUMPTION OF SARs.  Within the limitations of the
    Plan,  the Committee  may modify, extend  or assume  outstanding SARs or
    may accept the cancellation  of outstanding SARs (whether granted by the
    Company or by another  issuer) in return for the  grant of new  SARs for
    the same or a different number of shares and  at the same or a different
    exercise price.   The foregoing notwithstanding,  no modification of  an
    SAR shall, without  the consent of the Optionee,  alter or impair his or
    her rights or obligations under such SAR.

ARTICLE 8.  RESTRICTED SHARES AND STOCK UNITS.

    8.1  TIME,  AMOUNT AND FORM  OF AWARDS.   Awards under the  Plan may  be
    granted in the form  of Restricted Shares,  in the form of  Stock Units,
    or in  any combination of  both.  Restricted Shares  or Stock Units  may
    also be awarded in combination with NSOs or SARs, and  such an Award may
    provide that the Restricted  Shares or Stock Units will be  forfeited in
    the event that the related NSOs or SARs are exercised.

    8.2   PAYMENT FOR  AWARDS.   No cash consideration  shall be required of
    the recipients of Awards under this Article 8.

    8.3   VESTING CONDITIONS  Each Award of Restricted Shares or Stock Units
    shall become  vested, in full or  in installments,  upon satisfaction of
    the conditions specified in  the Stock Award  Agreement.  A Stock  Award
    Agreement may  provide  for accelerated  vesting  in  the event  of  the
    Participant's  death, disability  or  retirement or  other events.   The
    Committee may determine, at  the time of making an Award  or thereafter,
    that such Award shall become fully vested in the event  that a Change in
    Control occurs with respect to the Company.












                                      7








                                   <PAGE>

    8.4  FORM AND  TIME OF SETTLEMENT OF STOCK  UNITS.  Settlement of vested
    Stock Units may be made in  the form of  (a) cash, (b) Common Shares  or
    (c) any combination of both.  The actual number of  Stock Units eligible
    for settlement may be larger or  smaller than the number included in the
    original Award, based on predetermined performance factors.   Methods of
    converting  Stock Units  into  cash may  include (without  limitation) a
    method based on  the average Fair Market Value  of Common Shares  over a
    series  of trading  days.  Vested Stock  Units may be  settled in a lump
    sum or  in installments.   The distribution may  occur or  commence when
    all  vesting  conditions  applicable  to  the  Stock  Units  have   been
    satisfied or have lapsed, or it may be deferred to any  later date.  The
    amount of  a  deferred distribution  may  be  increased by  an  interest
    factor  or by dividend equivalents.   Until an  Award of  Stock Units is
    settled, the number of such Stock  Units shall be subject to  adjustment
    pursuant to Article 10.

    8.5   DEATH OF  RECIPIENT.   Any Stock Units  Award that becomes payable
    after  the recipient's  death shall  be distributed  to the  recipient's
    beneficiary  or beneficiaries.   Each recipient  of a  Stock Units Award
    under the  Plan  shall designate  one  or  more beneficiaries  for  this
    purpose by filing the  prescribed form with the Company.   A beneficiary
    designation may  be  changed by  filing  the  prescribed form  with  the
    Company  at  any  time  before  the  Award  recipient's death.    If  no
    beneficiary  was designated or if no designated beneficiary survives the
    Award recipient, then any Stock Units  Award that becomes payable  after
    the recipient's death shall be distributed to the recipient's estate.

    8.6  CREDITORS' RIGHTS.   A holder of Stock Units  shall have no  rights
    other than  those of  a general  creditor of  the Company.   Stock Units
    represent an unfunded and unsecured obligation  of the Company,  subject
    to the terms and conditions of the applicable Stock Award Agreement.

ARTICLE 9.  VOTING AND DIVIDEND RIGHTS.

    9.1  RESTRICTED  SHARES.  The holders of Restricted Shares awarded under
    the Plan shall  have the same voting,  dividend and other rights as  the
    Company's other  shareowners.   A  Stock Award  Agreement, however,  may
    require that the holders  of Restricted Shares invest any cash dividends
    received in  additional Restricted Shares.   Such additional  Restricted
    Shares shall be  subject to the same conditions  and restrictions as the
    Award with  respect to which the  dividends were paid.   Such additional
    Restricted   Shares  shall  not  reduce  the  number  of  Common  Shares
    available under Article 3.














                                      8








                                   <PAGE>

    9.2   STOCK  UNITS.   The holders  of Stock  Units shall  have no voting
    rights.   Prior  to  settlement or  forfeiture,  any Stock  Unit awarded
    under  the Plan  may, at  the Committee's  discretion,  carry with  it a
    right to dividend  equivalents.  Such  right entitles the  holder to  be
    credited with an  amount equal to all cash  dividends paid on one Common
    Share while the Stock Unit is outstanding.  Dividend equivalents may  be
    converted  into  additional   Stock  Units.    Settlement  of   dividend
    equivalents  may be  made in  the form  of cash, in  the form  of Common
    Shares,  or in  a  combination  of both.    Prior  to distribution,  any
    dividend equivalents  which are not  paid shall be  subject to the  same
    conditions and restrictions as the Stock Units to which they attach.

SECTION 10.  PROTECTION AGAINST DILUTION.

    10.1   ADJUSTMENTS.  In  the event of a  subdivision of the  outstanding
    Common Shares, a declaration  of a dividend payable in Common  Shares, a
    declaration of  a dividend payable in a form other than Common Shares in
    an amount that  has a material effect on  the price of Common Shares,  a
    combination  or  consolidation of  the  outstanding  Common  Shares  (by
    reclassification or otherwise) into  a lesser number of Common Shares, a
    recapitalization,  a spinoff  or  a  similar occurrence,  the  Committee
    shall  make  such adjustments  as  it,  in  its  sole discretion,  deems
    appropriate  in  one  or  more  of  (a)  the number  of  Options,  SARs,
    Restricted  Shares and  Stock  Units available  for future  Awards under
    Article 3, (b) the  limitations set forth in  Sections 5.2  and 7.2, (c)
    the  number of  NSOs  and Restricted  Shares to  be  granted  to Outside
    Directors under Section 4.2,  (d) the number of Stock Units  included in
    any  prior Award  which has  not  yet been  settled,  (e) the  number of
    Common  Shares covered by  each outstanding  Option and SAR,  or (f) the
    Exercise  Price  under each  outstanding  Option  and  SAR.   Except  as
    provided in  this Article  10, a  Participant shall  have  no rights  by
    reason of any  issue by the Company of  stock of any class or securities
    convertible into stock  of any  class, any subdivision or  consolidation
    of  shares of stock  of any class, the payment  of any stock dividend or
    any other increase or decrease  in the number of shares  of stock of any
    class.

    10.2  REORGANIZATIONS.   In the event that the Company  is a party  to a
    merger or  other reorganization,  outstanding Options, SARs,  Restricted
    Shares and Stock  Units shall be subject to  the agreement of  merger or
    reorganization.   Such agreement  may provide,  without limitation,  for
    the  assumption of  outstanding Awards  by the  surviving corporation or
    its parent, for their continuation by the  Company (if the Company is  a
    surviving  corporation),   for  accelerated   vesting  and   accelerated
    expiration, or for settlement in cash.

ARTICLE 11.  AWARDS UNDER OTHER PLANS.

    The  Company may  grant awards  under  other plans  or programs.    Such
    awards  may be settled  in the  form of Common  Shares issued under this
    Plan.  Such  Common Shares shall be  treated for all purposes under  the
    Plan like Common Shares issued  in settlement of Stock Units  and shall,
    when issued, reduce the  number of Common Shares available under Article
    3.



                                      9








                                   <PAGE>

ARTICLE 12.  PAYMENT OF DIRECTOR'S FEES IN SECURITIES.

    12.1    EFFECTIVE  DATE.   No  provision  of  this  Article 12 shall  be
    effective unless  and until the Board  has determined  to implement such
    provision.

    12.2   ELECTIONS TO RECEIVE  NSOs OR STOCK  UNITS.   An Outside Director
    may elect to  receive his or  her annual  retainer payments and  meeting
    fees from  the Company  in the  form of  cash, NSOs,  Stock Units,  or a
    combination thereof.   Such NSOs and Stock  Units shall be issued  under
    the Plan.   An election  under this Article 12  shall be filed  with the
    Company on  the  prescribed  form.   The election  shall  apply only  to
    annual retainers  and meeting  fees payable  at least  six months  after
    such  form has  been  received  by the  Company.   The  election may  be
    amended  or canceled by filing a new form with  the Company, but the new
    form shall apply  only to annual retainers  payable and meeting fees  at
    least six months after it has been received by the Company.

    12.3  NUMBER  AND TERMS OF NSOs.   The number of  NSOs to be  granted to
    Outside Directors  in lieu  of annual  retainers and  meeting fees  that
    would  otherwise  be paid  in  cash  shall  be calculated  in  a  manner
    determined  by  the  Board.   The  terms  of  such  NSOs  shall also  be
    determined by the Board.

    12.4  NUMBER AND TERMS OF STOCK UNITS.   The number of Stock Units to be
    granted to outside Directors  shall be calculated by dividing the amount
    of the annual  retainer or meeting fee  that would otherwise be paid  in
    cash by the arithmetic mean of the  Fair Market Values of a Common Share
    on  the 10  consecutive  trading  days ending  with the  date  when such
    retainer or  meeting fee  is payable.   The  terms of  such Stock  Units
    shall be determined by the Board.

ARTICLE 13.  LIMITATION ON RIGHTS

    13.1  RETENTION RIGHTS.   Neither the  Plan nor any Award  granted under
    the Plan shall be  deemed to give  any individual a right  to remain  an
    employee, consultant or director  of the Company, a Parent, a Subsidiary
    or an Affiliate.   The Company and its Parents and  Subsidiaries reserve
    the right  to  terminate the  service  of  any employee,  consultant  or
    director  at any  time,  with or  without  cause, subject  to applicable
    laws,  the  Company's certificate  of  incorporation and  by-laws and  a
    written employment agreement (if any).

    13.2   SHAREHOLDERS'  RIGHTS.   A  Participant  shall have  no  dividend
    rights, voting  rights or other rights as  a shareholder with respect to
    any Common Shares covered by his or her  Award prior to the issuance  of
    a stock  certificate for such  Common Shares.   No  adjustment shall  be
    made for  cash dividends or  other rights for which  the record date  is
    prior to the date  when such certificate is issued, except  as expressly
    provided in Articles 8, 9 and 10.







                                     10








                                   <PAGE>

    13.3    REGULATORY  REQUIREMENTS.    Any  other  provision  of  the Plan
    notwithstanding,  the obligation of  the Company  to issue Common Shares
    under  the  Plan shall  be subject  to  all  applicable laws,  rules and
    regulations  and  such  approval  by  any  regulatory  body  as  may  be
    required.  The Company  reserves the right  to restrict, in whole  or in
    part, the delivery of  Common Shares pursuant to any Award prior  to the
    satisfaction of all legal  requirements relating to the issuance of such
    Common Shares, to their  registration, qualification or listing or to an
    exemption from registration, qualification or listing.

ARTICLE 14.  LIMITATION ON PAYMENTS.

    14.1    BASIC  RULE.    Any  provision  of  the  Plan  to  the  contrary
    notwithstanding,  in  the  event  that  the  independent  auditors  most
    recently selected  by  the  Board (the  "Auditors")  determine that  any
    payment or  transfer  by  the  Company  to  or  for  the  benefit  of  a
    Participant, whether  paid or payable  (or transferred or  transferable)
    pursuant to the terms of this Plan or otherwise (a  "Payment"), would be
    nondeductible by the Company  for federal income tax purposes because of
    the provisions  concerning "excess parachute  payments" in section  280G
    of the Code, then  the aggregate present value of all Payments  shall be
    reduced  (but not below  zero) to the Reduced  Amount; provided that the
    Committee, at the  time of  making an Award  under this Plan  or at  any
    time thereafter, may specify in writing that such Award shall  not be so
    reduced and shall  not be subject to this  Article 14.   For purposes of
    this Article 14, the "Reduced Amount" shall  be the amount, expressed as
    a present  value, which  maximizes the  aggregate present  value of  the
    Payments without causing any  Payment to be nondeductible by the Company
    because of section 280G of the Code.

    14.2   REDUCTION  OF  PAYMENTS.   If  the  Auditors  determine that  any
    Payment would  be nondeductible by the  Company because  of section 280G
    of the  Code,  then the  Company  shall  promptly give  the  Participant
    notice to that  effect and  a copy of  the detailed calculation  thereof
    and of the Reduced  Amount, and the  Participant may then elect,  in his
    or her  sole discretion,  which and how  much of the  Payments shall  be
    eliminated or  reduced (as  long as  after such  election the  aggregate
    present  value of  the  Payments equals  the  Reduced Amount)  and shall
    advise the Company in  writing of his or her election within 10  days of
    receipt of  notice.   If no  such election  is made  by the  Participant
    within  such 10-day period,  then the  Company may  elect which  and how
    much of the  Payments shall be eliminated  or reduced (as long as  after
    such  election the  aggregate present value  of the  Payments equals the
    Reduced  Amount)  and  shall notify  the  Participant  promptly  of such
    election.   For  purposes  of this  Article 14,  present value  shall be
    determined  in accordance  with  section 280G(d)(4)  of  the Code.   All
    determinations  made by  the  Auditors under  this  Article 14  shall be
    binding  upon the Company and  the Participant and shall  be made within
    60 days of the date when a payment  becomes payable or transferable.  As
    promptly as practicable  following such determination and the  elections
    hereunder, the Company  shall pay or transfer  to or for the benefit  of
    the Participant  such amounts as are  then due to  him or her under  the
    Plan  and shall promptly pay  or transfer  to or for the  benefit of the
    Participant in  the future  such amounts  as become  due to  him or  her
    under the Plan.


                                     11








                                   <PAGE>

    14.3  OVERPAYMENTS  AND UNDERPAYMENTS.   As a  result of uncertainty  in
    the application of section 280G  of the Code at the  time of an  initial
    determination by the  Auditors hereunder, it  is possible  that Payments
    will have been made by the  Company which should not have  been made (an
    "Overpayment")  or  that additional  Payments which  will not  have been
    made  by  the   Company  could  have   been  made  (an  "Underpayment"),
    consistent  in each  case  with the  calculation  of the  Reduced Amount
    hereunder.   In the event that the Auditors, based upon the assertion of
    a deficiency by the Internal Revenue  Service against the Company or the
    Participant  which  the  Auditors  believe  has a  high  probability  of
    success, determine that an  Overpayment has been  made, such Overpayment
    shall be treated for all  purposes as a loan to the Participant which he
    or  she  shall repay  to  the  Company, together  with  interest at  the
    applicable  federal  rate provided  in section  7872(f)(2) of  the Code;
    provided, however,  that no amount shall  be payable  by the Participant
    to  the Company if and to  the extent that such payment would not reduce
    the amount  which is subject to taxation under section 4999 of the Code.
    In the  event  that the  Auditors  determine  that an  Underpayment  has
    occurred, such  Underpayment shall  promptly be  paid or transferred  by
    the  Company to  or for the  benefit of  the Participant,  together with
    interest at the applicable federal rate  provided in section  7872(f)(2)
    of the Code.

    14.4  RELATED CORPORATIONS.   For purposes of this Article 14,  the term
    "Company"   shall  include   affiliated  corporations   to  the   extent
    determined by the Auditors  in accordance with section 280G(d)(5) of the
    Code.

ARTICLE 15.  WITHHOLDING TAXES.

    15.1   GENERAL.  To  the extent required  by applicable  federal, state,
    local or foreign  law, a Participant or his  or her successor shall make
    arrangements  satisfactory to  the Company  for the  satisfaction of any
    withholding  tax obligations  that arise  in  connection with  the Plan.
    The  Company shall not  be required  to issue any  Common Shares or make
    any cash payment under the Plan until such obligations are satisfied.

    15.2   SHARE WITHHOLDING.   The  Committee may permit  a Participant  to
    satisfy all or part of his or her withholding or  income tax obligations
    by  having the Company withhold  all or a  portion of  any Common Shares
    that  otherwise would be issued to him or her  or by surrendering all or
    a portion  of any  Common Shares  that he  or  she previously  acquired.
    Such  Common Shares shall be  valued at their  Fair Market  Value on the
    date  when taxes otherwise  would be  withheld in cash.   Any payment of
    taxes by  assigning  Common  Shares to  the Company  may  be subject  to
    restrictions,  including  any restrictions  required  by  rules  of  the
    Securities and Exchange Commission.










                                     12








                                   <PAGE>

ARTICLE 16.  ASSIGNMENT OR TRANSFER OF AWARDS.

    16.1   GENERAL.   Except as  provided in  Article 15,  an Award  granted
    under the Plan shall not be anticipated,  assigned, attached, garnished,
    optioned,  transferred  or  made  subject  to  any  creditor's  process,
    whether voluntarily,  involuntarily or by operation  of law.   An Option
    or SAR may be exercised during  the lifetime of the Optionee only by him
    or her  or by his  or her guardian or legal  representative.  Any act in
    violation of this Article  16 shall be void.   However, this  Article 16
    shall not  preclude  a Participant  from designating  a beneficiary  who
    will receive  any outstanding Awards in  the event  of the Participant's
    death, nor  shall it preclude  a transfer of  Awards by  will or by  the
    laws of descent and distribution.

    16.2  TRUSTS.  Neither  this Article 16 nor any  other provision of  the
    Plan  shall  preclude  a  Participant  from  transferring  or  assigning
    Restricted  Shares to (a)  the trustee  of a trust  that is revocable by
    such Participant alone,  both at the time of  the transfer or assignment
    and at  all  times thereafter  prior  to  such Participant's  death,  or
    (b)the trustee of  any other trust to the  extent approved in advance by
    the Committee  in  writing.   A  transfer  or assignment  of  Restricted
    Shares  from such  trustee  to any  person  other than  such Participant
    shall be  permitted  only  to the  extent  approved in  advance  by  the
    Committee in writing, and Restricted Shares  held by such trustee  shall
    be subject to  all of the conditions and  restrictions set forth  in the
    Plan and in  the applicable Stock  Award Agreement, as  if such  trustee
    were a party to such Agreement.

ARTICLE 17.  FUTURE OF THE PLAN.

    17.1   TERM OF THE PLAN.   The Plan, as  set forth  herein, shall become
    effective  on  January 1, 1994; provided that  all awards under the Plan
    shall  be contingent  on shareholder approval  of the Plan  on or before
    December  31, 1994  and  absent such  approval the  Plan and  all awards
    granted  thereunder shall be  null and  void.  The  Plan shall remain in
    effect until it  is terminated under Section  17.2, except that  no ISOs
    shall be granted after December 31, 2003.

    17.2  AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION.  The Board may, at any  time and for any
    reason,  amend or  terminate  the Plan,  except  that the  provisions of
    Section 4.2 relating  to the amount, price  and timing  of Option grants
    to Outside  Directors shall not  be amended more than  once in any  six-
    month period  after the  Plan becomes  effective.  An  amendment of  the
    Plan shall  be subject  to the  approval of  the Company's  shareholders
    only to  the extent required by  applicable laws,  regulations or rules.
    No  Awards  shall  be  granted  under  the  Plan  after  the termination
    thereof.  The termination of the  Plan, or any amendment thereof,  shall
    not affect any Award previously granted under the Plan.

ARTICLE 18.  DEFINITIONS.

    "Affiliate"  means any  entity other than  a Subsidiary,  if the Company
    and/or one or more Subsidiaries own not less than 50% of such entity.




                                     13








                                   <PAGE>

    "Award" means any award of  an Option, an  SAR, a Restricted Share or  a
    Stock Unit under the Plan.

    "Board"  means the  Company's Board  of Directors,  as constituted  from
    time to time.

    "Change  in  Control" means  the  occurrence  of  any  of the  following
    events:

         Any "person"  (as  defined below)  is  or becomes  the  "beneficial
         owner" (as defined  in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly
         or  indirectly, of  securities of the  Company representing  20% or
         more of  the total voting  power represented by  the Company's then
         outstanding voting securities; or

         A  change in the composition of the Board occurs, as a result of
         which  fewer  than two-thirds  of  the  incumbent  directors are
         directors  who either (i)  had been directors of  the Company on
         the "look-back date" (as defined below) or (ii) were elected, or
         nominated for election, to the Board with the  affirmative votes
         of at least  a majority of the  directors who had been directors
         of the Company  on the  "look-back date" and  who were  still in
         office at the time of the election or nomination; or

         The  shareowners of the  Company approve a  merger or consolidation
         of the  Company with any other corporation, other  than a merger or
         consolidation which  would result in  the voting securities  of the
         Company   outstanding  immediately  prior   thereto  continuing  to
         represent (either  by remaining outstanding  or by being  converted
         into voting securities  of the surviving  entity) at  least 80%  of
         the total voting  power represented by the voting securities of the
         Company  or such  surviving  entity outstanding  immediately  after
         such merger or consolidation; or

         The  shareowners of the  Company approve (i) a  plan of complete
         liquidation of the Company or (ii) an agreement for the sale  or
         disposition  by the Company  of all or substantially  all of the
         Company's assets.

         For purposes of  Subsection (a) above, the term "person" shall have
         the same meaning  as when used in  sections 13(d) and 14(d)  of the
         Exchange Act,  but shall exclude  (i) a trustee  or other fiduciary
         holding  securities under an  employee benefit plan  of the Company
         or of  a  Parent  or  Subsidiary,  and  (ii)  a  corporation  owned
         directly  or  indirectly  by the  shareowners  of  the  Company  in
         substantially  the  same  proportions as  their  ownership  of  the
         common stock of the Company.

         For purposes of  Subsection (b) above, the term  "look-back date"
         shall  mean  the  date  24 months  prior  to  the  change in  the
         composition of the Board.






                                     14








                                   <PAGE>

         Any other  provision of  this Section  18.4 notwithstanding,  the
         term  "Change  in  Control"  shall  not  include  either  of  the
         following events, if undertaken at the election of the Company:

                  (i)     A  transaction, the  sole purpose  of which  is to
                          change the  state of the  Company's incorporation;
                          or

                  (ii)    A transaction, the result of  which is to sell all
                          or substantially all of  the assets of the Company
                          to    another    corporation    (the    "surviving
                          corporation");   provided   that   the   surviving
                          corporation is owned directly or indirectly by the
                          shareowners of the  Company immediately  following
                          such   transaction   in  substantially   the  same
                          proportions  as their  ownership of  the Company's
                          common    stock    immediately   preceding    such
                          transaction;  and  provided,  further,   that  the
                          surviving corporation expressly assumes  this Plan
                          and all outstanding Awards.

    "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

    "Committee" means a committee of the Board, as described in Article 2.

    "Common Share" means one share of the common stock of the Company.

    "Company" means Pacific Telesis Group, a Nevada  corporation.

    "Distribution Date"  means the record date  for the  distribution of the
    common stock of PacTel Corporation to the Company's shareowners.

    "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

    "Exercise Price" in the  case of an  Option, means the amount  for which
    one  Common Share  may be  purchased upon  exercise  of such  Option, as
    specified in the applicable Stock Option Agreement.  

    "Exercise Price," in the  case of an SAR, means an amount,  as specified
    in  the applicable  SAR  Agreement, which  is  subtracted from  the Fair
    Market Value of one  Common Share in determining the amount payable upon
    exercise of such SAR.

    "Fair Market Value" means  the market price of Common Shares, determined
    by the Committee as follows:

    If  the  Common Shares  were  traded  over-the-counter  on  the date  in
    question  but were not classified  as a national market  issue, then the
    Fair Market Value shall be equal to  the mean between the last  reported
    representative bid  and asked  prices quoted  by the  NASDAQ system  for
    such date;

    If  the Common  Shares  were traded  over-the-counter  on the  date in
    question and  were classified  as a  national market  issue, then  the
    Fair Market Value  shall be equal to the last-transaction price quoted
    by the NASDAQ system for such date;

                                     15








                                   <PAGE>

    If the Common Shares  were traded on a  stock exchange on the date  in
    question, then  the Fair Market  Value shall  be equal to  the closing
    price reported  by the  applicable composite  transactions report  for
    such date; and

    If  none of  the  foregoing provisions  is  applicable, then  the Fair
    Market  Value shall be  determined by  the Committee in  good faith on
    such basis as it deems appropriate.

    Whenever  possible,  the  determination of  Fair  Market Value  by the
    Committee  shall  be based  on  the  prices  reported  in the  Western
    Edition  of The  Wall  Street Journal.    Such determination  shall be
    conclusive and binding on all persons.

    "ISO"  means an  incentive stock option  described in  section 422(b) of
    the Code.

    "Key  Employee"  means (a)  a  common-law  employee  of  the Company,  a
    Parent, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate,  (b) an Outside Director and (c) a
    consultant or adviser who provides services  to the Company, a Parent, a
    Subsidiary or an Affiliate as an independent contractor.   Service as an
    Outside Director  or as  an independent contractor  shall be  considered
    employment  for all purposes of the Plan, except as provided in Sections
    4.2 and 4.3.

    "NSO"  means an employee stock  option not described in  sections 422 or
    423 of the Code.

    "Option" means an ISO  or NSO granted  under the Plan and  entitling the
    holder to purchase one Common Share.

    "Optionee" means an individual or estate who holds an Option or SAR.

    "Outside Director"  shall mean  a  member of  the  Board  who is  not  a
    common-law  employee  of the  Company,  a  Parent,  a  Subsidiary or  an
    Affiliate.

    "Parent" means any corporation (other than  the Company) in an  unbroken
    chain  of  corporations  ending   with  the  Company,  if  each  of  the
    corporations other  than the Company owns  stock possessing  50% or more
    of the total  combined voting power  of all classes of  stock in  one of
    the other corporations in  such chain.  A  corporation that attains  the
    status of  a Parent  on a date after  the adoption of the  Plan shall be
    considered a Parent commencing as of such date.

    "Participant" means an individual or estate who holds an Award.

    "Plan" means this Pacific Telesis Group Stock  Incentive Plan, as it may
    be amended from time to time.

    "Restricted Share" means a Common Share awarded under the Plan.






                                     16








                                   <PAGE>

    "Retirement" means that  an Outside Director's service terminates  after
    he or she has served for three or more years as a member of the Board.

    "SAR" means a stock appreciation right granted under the Plan.

    "SAR Agreement" means the  agreement between the Company and an Optionee
    which contains the  terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to his
    or her SAR.

    "Stock Award Agreement" means  the agreement between the Company and the
    recipient of a Restricted Share or Stock Unit which contains  the terms,
    conditions  and restrictions  pertaining  to  such Restricted  Share  or
    Stock Unit.

    "Stock Option Agreement" means  the agreement between the Company and an
    Optionee  which   contains  the   terms,  conditions  and   restrictions
    pertaining to his or her Option.

    "Stock Unit"  means a  bookkeeping entry representing the  equivalent of
    one Common Share, as awarded under the Plan.

    "Subsidiary"  means any  corporation  (other  than the  Company)  in  an
    unbroken chain  of corporations beginning with  the Company,  if each of
    the corporations other than the last  corporation in the unbroken  chain
    owns stock possessing 50% or more  of the total combined voting power of
    all  classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.  A
    corporation that attains the status of a Subsidiary on a  date after the
    adoption  of the Plan shall be  considered a Subsidiary commencing as of
    such date.


ARTICLE 19.  EXECUTION.

    To  record the adoption of  the Plan by  the Board  effective January 1,
    1994,  the Company has caused  its duly authorized  officer to affix the
    corporate name and seal hereto.



                      PACIFIC TELESIS GROUP




                      By _____________________________












                                     17








































































                                   <PAGE>

                       A D M I S S I O N   T I C K E T

Annual Meeting of Shareowners
May 3, 1995
Masonic Auditorium                                      M A P   H E R E     
1111 California Street
San Francisco, California

Doors Open at 9:30 A.M.
Meeting Begins at 10:00 A.M.

                           Detach Proxy Card Here
............................................................................

                                                             PACIFIC*TELESIS
                                                             Group          

PROXY/VOTING INSTRUCTION CARD



This proxy is  solicited on behalf of the Board of  Directors for the Annual
Meeting on May 3, 1995.

The  undersigned hereby appoints Philip  J. Quigley, William  E. Downing and
Richard W.  Odgers, and  each of them,  as proxies, each  with the  power to
appoint his substitute, and hereby authorizes  them to represent and to vote
as designated herein all the shares of Common Stock of Pacific Telesis Group
represented hereby and held of record by the undersigned on March 4, 1995 at
the Annual Meeting of Shareowners to be held at the Masonic Auditorium, 
1111  California Street,  San  Francisco, California,  on  May 3,  1995,  at
10:00 a.m., or any adjournments thereof, upon all subjects that may properly
come  before the  meeting,  including the  matters  described in  the  proxy
statement furnished herewith.   THIS PROXY, WHEN PROPERLY EXECUTED,  WILL BE
VOTED  IN THE MANNER  DIRECTED HEREIN BY  THE UNDERSIGNED SHAREOWNER  AND IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE DETERMINATION OF THE  NAMED PROXIES, AND ANY OF THEM, ON
ANY  OTHER MATTERS THAT  MAY PROPERLY COME  BEFORE THE MEETING.   This proxy
also provides voting instructions for shares held in the Shareowner Dividend
Reinvestment and  Stock Purchase Plan  and, if registrations  are identical,
shares held  in the various employee savings  and benefit plans described in
the  proxy  statement.   IF  THIS  PROXY  IS SIGNED  AND  RETURNED  AND   NO
DIRECTIONS ARE GIVEN, THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED "FOR" ITEMS A, B, C, D  and E
AND  "AGAINST" ITEMS  F AND  G SHOWN  ON THE  REVERSE OF  THIS CARD,  AND IN
ACCORDANCE  WITH THE DETERMINATION OF THE NAMED PROXIES, AND ANY OF THEM, ON
ANY  OTHER MATTERS THAT MAY PROPERLY COME BEFORE  THE MEETING.  (If you have
made any comments on this side of  the card, please mark the comments box on
the reverse of this card.)

  YOUR VOTE IS IMPORTANT.  PLEASE SIGN AND DATE ON THE REVERSE AND PROMPTLY
      RETURN C/O BANK OF BOSTON, P.O. BOX 9018, BOSTON, MA 02205-8650.
















                                   <PAGE>

                                                             PACIFIC*TELESIS
                                                             Group          

March 14, 1995



Dear Shareowner:


It is  a pleasure  to  invite you  to Pacific  Telesis  Group's 1995  Annual
Meeting of  Shareowners, our eleventh  Annual Meeting.  The  meeting will be
held on May 3, 1995, at the Masonic Auditorium, 1111 California Street, 
San Francisco, California.

I hope you  will be able to join  us to review the  year and take a  look at
what  the future holds  for the Corporation.   An Assistive Listening System
will be available and an American Sign Language interpreter will  be present
at the  meeting to assist  shareowners with impaired  hearing.  The  meeting
location is also  accessible to wheelchairs.  For your information, we would
like you to  know that there are several moderately  priced garages near the
auditorium.  IF YOU DO ATTEND, PLEASE BE SURE TO BRING THE ADMISSION  TICKET
THAT APPEARS ON THE REVERSE SIDE OF THIS LETTER.

Whether or  not you  plan to  be at the  meeting, it  is important  that you
exercise  your  right to  vote as  a  shareowner of  Pacific  Telesis Group.
PLEASE VOTE  YOUR PREFERENCES ON THE  PROXY CARD BELOW, DETACH  IT FROM THIS
LETTER AND RETURN IT PROMPTLY IN THE ENVELOPE PROVIDED.

I look forward to seeing you at the meeting, and on behalf of the management
and directors  of  Pacific Telesis  Group,  I want  to  thank you  for  your
continued support and confidence in 1995.


Sincerely,




Philip J. Quigley
Chairman of the Board




                         Admission Ticket on Reverse
                           Detach Proxy Card Here
............................................................................


















                                   <PAGE>

                          X    Please mark votes as in this example.
                       -------
                       ----------------------------------------------------
                                Directors recommend a vote "For"
                       ----------------------------------------------------
                       Director Nominees are:

                       W.   P.  Clark,  I.  J.   Houston,  M.  S.  Metz  and
                       R. M. Rosenberg

                                                FOR    WITHHOLD
                       A.    Election of
                             All Directors
                                              -------  ---------
                             FOR ALL
                             EXCEPT:        -----------------------------

                                              FOR    AGAINST    ABSTAIN
                       B.    Ratification
                             of Auditors
                                            -------  --------  ----------

                       C.    Amend and 
                             Restate Senior
                             Management
                             Long Term
                             Incentive Plan
                                            -------  --------  ----------

                       D.    Amend and 
                             Restate Short 
                             Term Incentive
                             Plan
                                            -------  --------  ----------

                       E.    Amend 1994
                             Stock Incentive
                             Plan
                                            -------  --------  ----------

                       ----------------------------------------------------
                                Directors recommend a vote "Against"
                       ----------------------------------------------------























                                   <PAGE>


                                              FOR    AGAINST    ABSTAIN
                       F.    Eliminate
                             Pensions for
                             New Nonemployee
                             Directors
                                            -------  --------  ---------
                       G.    Compensate
                             Directors Solely
                             in Stock
                                            -------  --------  ---------


                       Please see comments           --------

                       Please keep my
                       vote confidential             --------

                       Will attend meeting           --------

                       Discontinue duplicative
                       Summary Annual Report         --------


                       Comments:
                                      -------------------------------------








































                                   <PAGE>





                PLEASE SIGN THIS PROXY AND RETURN IT PROMPTLY WHETHER OR NOT
                YOU   PLAN  TO  ATTEND  THE  MEETING.    If  signing  for  a
                corporation  or  partnership,  or  as agent,    attorney  or
                fiduciary, indicate  the capacity in which  you are signing.
                If you do attend the meeting  and decide to vote by  ballot,
                such vote will supersede this proxy.


                SIGN HERE AS
                NAME(S) APPEARS AT LEFT

                x _____________________________  Date ________________

                x _____________________________  Date ________________
















































































































                                   <PAGE>

                                                             PACIFIC*TELESIS
                                                             Group          


PROXY/VOTING INSTRUCTION CARD



     This proxy is solicited on behalf of the Board of Directors for the
                       Annual Meeting on May 3, 1995.

The  undersigned hereby appoints Philip  J. Quigley, William  E. Downing and
Richard W.  Odgers, and  each of them,  as proxies, each  with the  power to
appoint his  substitute, and hereby authorizes them to represent and to vote
as designated herein all the shares of Common Stock of Pacific Telesis Group
held of record by the undersigned on March 4, 1995, at the Annual Meeting of
Shareowners  to be held at  the Masonic Auditorium,  1111 California Street,
San Francisco,  California,  on  May   3,  1995,  at  10:00  a.m.,   or  any
adjournments  thereof, upon all subjects  that may properly  come before the
meeting, including the  matters described in  the proxy statement  furnished
herewith.  THIS  PROXY, WHEN PROPERLY EXECUTED, WILL BE  VOTED IN THE MANNER
DIRECTED HEREIN BY  THE UNDERSIGNED  SHAREOWNER AND IN  ACCORDANCE WITH  THE
DETERMINATION OF  THE NAMED PROXIES, AND  ANY OF THEM, ON  ANY OTHER MATTERS
THAT MAY  PROPERLY COME BEFORE  THE MEETING.   IF THIS  PROXY IS SIGNED  AND
RETURNED AND NO DIRECTIONS ARE  GIVEN, THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED  "FOR" ITEMS
A, B, C,  D AND E AND "AGAINST" ITEMS  F AND G SHOWN ON THE  REVERSE OF THIS
CARD, AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DETERMINATION OF THE NAMED PROXIES, AND ANY
OF THEM, ON ANY OTHER MATTERS THAT MAY PROPERLY COME BEFORE THE MEETING.






































                                   <PAGE>

                          X    Please mark votes as in example.
                       -------


                     -----------------------------------------------------
                                Directors recommend a vote "For"
                     -----------------------------------------------------

                     Director Nominees are:

                     W.   P.  Clark,   I.  J.  Houston,   M.  S.   Metz  and
                     R. M. Rosenberg



                                             FOR    WITHHOLD
                       A.  Election of
                           All Directors
                                          -------   --------
                           FOR ALL
                           EXCEPT:        -----------------------------


                                            FOR    AGAINST    ABSTAIN
                       B.  Ratification
                           of Auditors
                                          -------  --------  ----------

                       C.  Amend and
                           Restate Senior
                           Management
                           Long Term
                           Incentive
                           Plan
                                          -------  --------  ----------

                       D.  Amend and
                           Restate Short 
                           Term Incentive
                           Plan
                                          -------  --------  ----------

                       E.  Amend
                           1994 Stock
                           Incentive
                           Plan
                                          -------  --------  ----------



















                                   <PAGE>

                     ----------------------------------------------------
                              Directors recommend a vote "Against"
                     ----------------------------------------------------

                                            FOR    AGAINST    ABSTAIN
                       F.  Eliminate
                           Pensions for
                           New Nonemployee
                           Directors
                                          -------  --------  ---------

                       G.  Compensate
                           Directors Solely
                           in Stock
                                          -------  --------  ---------




                     ----------------------------------------------------

               PLEASE  SIGN THIS PROXY AND RETURN IT PROMPTLY WHETHER OR NOT
               YOU PLAN TO ATTEND THE MEETING.  If signing for a corporation
               or  partnership,  or  as  an agent,  attorney  or  fiduciary,
               indicate the capacity in which you are signing.




               x _____________________________  Date ________________

               x _____________________________  Date ________________




































© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission